You are on page 1of 142

CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................1

PARAGRAPH 1 - GENERAL......................................................................................................................1
1.1 Definitions ..............................................................................................................................1
1.2 Sequence of Documents ........................................................................................................1
1.3 Abbreviations .........................................................................................................................2
1.3.1 Dimensions and Units ............................................................................................................2
1.3.2 Standards and Organisations..................................................................................................2
1.3.3 Mechanical Abbreviations .......................................................................................................2
1.3.4 Electrical Abbreviations ..........................................................................................................3
1.4 The Site ..................................................................................................................................3
1.4.1 Site .......................................................................................................................................3
1.4.2 Condition of Site ....................................................................................................................4
1.4.3 Access to Site........................................................................................................................4
1.4.4 Clearance of Site ...................................................................................................................4
1.4.5 Prevention of Surface Erosion.................................................................................................5
1.4.6 Care of Water ........................................................................................................................5
1.4.7 Unauthorized Persons ............................................................................................................5
1.4.8 Advertising ............................................................................................................................5
1.5 Accommodation and Facilities on Site ...................................................................................5
1.5.1 General .................................................................................................................................5
1.5.2 Accommodation for the Contractor ..........................................................................................6
1.5.3 Offices for the Engineer's and Employer's Representatives .......................................................6
1.5.4 Site Laboratory ......................................................................................................................6
1.5.5 Power, Water, Sewerage, Drainage, Sanitary Provisions ..........................................................6
1.5.6 Telecommunications ..............................................................................................................7
1.5.7 First Aid Arrangements ...........................................................................................................7
1.6 Programme of Works and Methods of Construction...............................................................7
1.7 Environmental Management Plan ...........................................................................................8
1.8 Notice of Operations ...............................................................................................................8
1.9 Working Hours .......................................................................................................................8

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

1.10 Datum and Benchmarks .......................................................................................................8


1.11 Setting Out............................................................................................................................9
1.12 Joint Measurement of Works ................................................................................................9
1.13 Documentation to be Provided .............................................................................................9
1.14 Returns of Labour and Plant ...............................................................................................10
1.15 Works Diary ........................................................................................................................10
1.16 Drawings and Documents ..................................................................................................10
1.17 Photographs .......................................................................................................................12
1.18 Contractor's Responsibility for Design ...............................................................................12
1.19 Temporary Works ...............................................................................................................12
1.20 Approval of Contractor's Proposals....................................................................................13
1.21 Contractor's Staff................................................................................................................13
1.22 Assistance to the Engineer .................................................................................................13
1.22.1 General .............................................................................................................................13
1.22.2 Labour ..............................................................................................................................13
1.22.3 Surveying Equipment .........................................................................................................13
1.22.4 Protective Items .................................................................................................................13
1.22.5 Transport...........................................................................................................................14
1.23 Care of Public Utility Services .............................................................................................14
1.24 Testing and Inspection .......................................................................................................15
1.25 Tests on Completion...........................................................................................................16
1.26 Record Drawings ................................................................................................................17
1.27 Operation and Maintenance Manuals..................................................................................17
1.27.1 General .............................................................................................................................17
1.27.2 Operating Instructions ........................................................................................................18
1.27.3 Maintenance Instructions ....................................................................................................18
1.27.4 Minimum Inclusions............................................................................................................18
1.28 Instruction of DJB Staff ......................................................................................................19
1.28.1 General .............................................................................................................................19
1.28.2 Training Methodology .........................................................................................................19
1.28.3 Schedule of Instructions .....................................................................................................20
1.28.4 Seminar Room...................................................................................................................20
1.28.5 Seminar Aids .....................................................................................................................20
1.28.6 Additional Instruction Periods during Defects Liability Period .................................................20

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

1.28.7 Programme of Formal Three Week Instruction Period ...........................................................21


1.28.8 Video Tapes of Instruction Sessions ....................................................................................23
1.28.9 Operation of Installed Plant during the Period of Instruction ...................................................23

PARAGRAPH 2 - MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP - GENERAL ..........................................................24


2.1 General Requirements for Materials .....................................................................................24
2.2 Published Standards ............................................................................................................24
2.3 Proprietary Products ............................................................................................................24
2.4 Approval of Equivalent Materials ..........................................................................................24
2.5 Samples ................................................................................................................................25
2.6 Purchase of Materials ...........................................................................................................25
2.7 Works Off-Site ......................................................................................................................25
2.8 Certificates ...........................................................................................................................25
2.9 Transport and Storage, Care of Works .................................................................................25
2.10 Design for Maintenance ......................................................................................................26
2.11 Means for Lifting .................................................................................................................26
2.12 Suitability for Duty ..............................................................................................................26
2.13 Wearing Parts .....................................................................................................................26
2.14 Spare Parts .........................................................................................................................26
2.15 Keys....................................................................................................................................27
2.16 Access and Safety Protection .............................................................................................27
2.17 Fixings ................................................................................................................................27
2.18 Special Tools ......................................................................................................................27
2.19 Resistance to Vermin ..........................................................................................................27
2.20 Identification Labels ...........................................................................................................27
2.21 Resistance to Corrosion and Abrasion ...............................................................................28
2.22 Welding...............................................................................................................................28
2.24 Installation ..........................................................................................................................28
2.25 Operation of Unsatisfactory Equipment ..............................................................................29
2.26 Construction Equipment .....................................................................................................29
2.27 Labour and Skilled Technicians ..........................................................................................29
2.28 Materials to be Furnished ...................................................................................................29
2.29 Protection of the Works ......................................................................................................29

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

PARAGRAPH 3 - PIPELINE AND SEWERAGE WORKS ..........................................................................30


3.1 General .................................................................................................................................30
3.2 Materials ...............................................................................................................................30
3.2.1 Vitrified Clay Pipes and Fittings .............................................................................................30
3.2.2 Concrete Pipes and Fittings ..................................................................................................30
3.2.3 Prestressed Concrete Pipes and Fittings ...............................................................................31
3.2.4 Internal Coating of Concrete Pipes and Fittings ......................................................................31
3.2.5 Asbestos-Cement Pipes and Fittings .....................................................................................31
3.2.6 Ductile Iron Pipes and Fittings ...............................................................................................31
3.2.7 Steel Pipes and Fittings ........................................................................................................31
3.2.8 Unplasticized PVC Pipes and Fittings ....................................................................................32
3.2.9 Polyethylene Pipes and Fittings ............................................................................................32
3.2.10 Pipe Bedding Material ........................................................................................................32
3.2.11 Manhole Covers and Frames ..............................................................................................32
3.2.12 Gullies, Gully Gratings and Frames .....................................................................................33
3.2.13 Manhole Step Irons ............................................................................................................33
3.2.14 Manhole Ladders ...............................................................................................................33
3.2.15 Manhole Safety Chains ......................................................................................................33
3.2.16 Manhole Grab Rails ...........................................................................................................33
3.2.17 Marker and Indicator Posts .................................................................................................33
3.3 Excavation of Trenches for Pipelines and Cables.................................................................34
3.3.1 Excavation ..........................................................................................................................34
3.3.2 Support System ...................................................................................................................34
3.3.3 Dewatering ..........................................................................................................................35
3.4 Pipelines ...............................................................................................................................36
3.4.1 Installation ...........................................................................................................................36
3.4.2 Foundation ..........................................................................................................................36
3.4.3 Handling of Pipes.................................................................................................................36
3.4.4 Jointing and Cutting .............................................................................................................37
3.4.5 Connections to Sewers ........................................................................................................37
3.4.6 Curves and Bends ...............................................................................................................38
3.4.7 Protection ............................................................................................................................38
3.5 Manholes and Chambers ......................................................................................................39
3.5.1 General ...............................................................................................................................39

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

3.5.2 Precast Concrete Units ........................................................................................................39


3.5.3 Inverts and Benching ...........................................................................................................39
3.5.4 Setting Covers and Frames ..................................................................................................39
3.5.5 Pipes into Structures ............................................................................................................39
3.6 Testing..................................................................................................................................40
3.6.1 General ...............................................................................................................................40
3.6.2 Testing of Pressure Pipelines ...............................................................................................40
3.6.3 Testing of Gravity Pipelines ..................................................................................................40
3.7 Restoration of Surfaces ........................................................................................................41
3.7.1 Classification .......................................................................................................................41
3.7.2 Contractors Damage ............................................................................................................41
3.7.3 Settlement during Temporary Restoration ..............................................................................41
3.7.4 Temporary Restoration.........................................................................................................41
3.7.5 Permanent Restoration - Concrete Roads .............................................................................42
3.7.6 Permanent Restoration - Other Roads ...................................................................................42
3.8 Disinfection ..........................................................................................................................42

PARAGRAPH 4 - CIVIL WORKS ..............................................................................................................44


4.1 Materials ...............................................................................................................................44
4.1.1 Fill Material General .............................................................................................................44
4.1.2 Fill Material to be placed below Water ...................................................................................44
4.1.3 Steel Sheet Piles .................................................................................................................44
4.1.4 Cement ...............................................................................................................................45
4.1.5 Aggregates for Concrete ......................................................................................................45
4.1.5.1 General Requirements......................................................................................................45
4.1.5.2 Potential Aggregate - Cement Reactivity ............................................................................45
4.1.5.3 Fine Aggregate ................................................................................................................46
4.1.5.4 Coarse Aggregate ............................................................................................................46
4.1.6 Water ..................................................................................................................................46
4.1.7 Reinforcement Steel.............................................................................................................46
4.1.8 Tying Wire ...........................................................................................................................47
4.1.9 Cover Blocks and Spacers for Reinforcement ........................................................................47
4.1.10 Geo-synthetics and Accessories .........................................................................................47
4.1.10.1 General ..........................................................................................................................47

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

4.1.10.2 Characteristics of Geo-synthetics .....................................................................................47


4.1.11 Stone ................................................................................................................................48
4.1.12 Concrete Blocks/Bricks for Slope Protection Works ..............................................................48
4.1.13 Clay ..................................................................................................................................48
4.1.14 Geotextile Filter Fabric........................................................................................................48
4.1.15 Sand and Gravel for Underdrain Filters ................................................................................49
4.1.16 Gabions ............................................................................................................................49
4.1.17 Structural Mild Steel ...........................................................................................................50
4.1.17.1 Steel...............................................................................................................................50
4.1.17.2 Sections .........................................................................................................................50
4.1.18 Nuts, Bolts and Welding Electrodes .....................................................................................50
4.1.19 Steel Water Storage Tanks .................................................................................................50
4.1.20 Glass Reinforced Plastic Water Storage Tanks ....................................................................50
4.1.21 Aggregates for Roads and Pavement Structures ..................................................................51
4.1.22 Road Base Course.............................................................................................................51
4.1.23 Asphaltic Surface Treatment ...............................................................................................51
4.1.24 Aggregates for Asphaltic Surface Treatment ........................................................................51
4.1.25 Bituminous Prime Coat .......................................................................................................52
4.1.26 Bituminous Tack Coat ........................................................................................................52
4.1.27 Asphaltic Concrete .............................................................................................................52
4.1.27.1 Asphaltic Material ............................................................................................................52
4.1.27.2 Mineral Aggregates .........................................................................................................52
4.1.27.3 Coarse Aggregate ...........................................................................................................52
4.1.27.4 Fine Aggregate ...............................................................................................................52
4.1.27.5 Filler ...............................................................................................................................53
4.1.27.6 Combined Mineral Aggregate ...........................................................................................53
4.1.28 Concrete Tile Pavement .....................................................................................................53
4.1.29 Reflectorised Paint for Road Markings .................................................................................54
4.2 Earthworks ...........................................................................................................................54
4.2.1 Notice to be Given before Commencing Earthworks ...............................................................54
4.2.2 Earthworks to Lines and Levels ............................................................................................54
4.2.3 Clearing ..............................................................................................................................54
4.2.4 Demolition and Dismantling ..................................................................................................55
4.2.5 Stripping of Topsoil ..............................................................................................................55

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

4.2.6 Relocation of Utilities ............................................................................................................55


4.2.7 Excavation General..............................................................................................................56
4.2.8 Extent of Excavations ...........................................................................................................56
4.2.9 Slips, Falls and Excess Excavation .......................................................................................57
4.2.10 Support System .................................................................................................................57
4.2.11 Dewatering ........................................................................................................................58
4.2.12 Excavations to be Kept Dry .................................................................................................58
4.2.13 Excavation of Berms and Slopes .........................................................................................58
4.2.14 Excavation of Drains ..........................................................................................................58
4.2.15 Excavation of Roads ..........................................................................................................58
4.2.16 Excavation for Structures ....................................................................................................59
4.2.17 Tolerances for Excavation ..................................................................................................59
4.2.18 Preparation of Formation ....................................................................................................59
4.3 Piling ....................................................................................................................................60
4.3.1 General ...............................................................................................................................60
4.3.2 Steel Sheet Piling.................................................................................................................60
4.3.3 Concrete Piling ....................................................................................................................60
4.4 Backfill and Fill .....................................................................................................................62
4.4.1 Fill Material General .............................................................................................................62
4.4.2 Fill Material under Structures ................................................................................................62
4.4.3 Placing and Compaction of Fill and Backfill ............................................................................62
4.4.4 Fill placed below Water ........................................................................................................63
4.4.5 Embankments .....................................................................................................................63
4.4.5.1 General ...........................................................................................................................63
4.4.5.2 Excavation .......................................................................................................................63
4.4.5.3 Embankment Placing........................................................................................................63
4.4.6 Tolerances for Fill ................................................................................................................64
4.4.7 Control Testing of Fill ...........................................................................................................64
4.4.8 Allowance for Settlement ......................................................................................................64
4.4.9 Works at Borrow Pits............................................................................................................64
4.4.10 Disposal of Surplus Material................................................................................................65
4.4.11 Stockpiling .........................................................................................................................65
4.4.12 Cleaning of Drains .............................................................................................................66
4.5 Slope and Bottom Protection Works ....................................................................................66

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

4.5.1 General ...............................................................................................................................66


4.5.2 Mortar .................................................................................................................................66
4.5.3 Stone Pitching .....................................................................................................................66
4.5.4 Rip Rap...............................................................................................................................67
4.5.5 Gabions ..............................................................................................................................67
4.5.6 Clay Lining ..........................................................................................................................68
4.5.7 Geo-synthetic Fabric Layers .................................................................................................68
4.6 Concrete Work ......................................................................................................................70
4.6.1 Storage of Cement ...............................................................................................................70
4.6.2 Testing of Cement................................................................................................................70
4.6.3 Records and Returns of Cement ...........................................................................................70
4.6.4 Storage of Aggregates .........................................................................................................70
4.6.5 Additives .............................................................................................................................70
4.6.6 Concrete Mixes....................................................................................................................70
4.6.6.1 Quality of Concrete ...........................................................................................................70
4.6.6.2 Concrete Mix Design ........................................................................................................71
4.6.6.3 Concrete Mix Design - Underwater Concrete......................................................................72
4.6.6.4 Trial Mixes .......................................................................................................................72
4.6.7 Mixing Concrete...................................................................................................................73
4.6.8 Transporting Concrete..........................................................................................................73
4.6.9 Placing and Compacting Concrete ........................................................................................74
4.6.10 Concrete Placed on Set Concrete .......................................................................................74
4.6.11 Concrete Placed Underwater ..............................................................................................75
4.6.12 Concreting in Unfavourable Weather ...................................................................................75
4.6.13 Curing Concrete.................................................................................................................75
4.6.14 Precast Concrete ...............................................................................................................76
4.6.14.2 Precast Prestressed Reinforced Concrete Piles.................................................................77
4.6.14.3 Testing and Rejection ......................................................................................................78
4.6.15 Testing Concrete and Rejection ..........................................................................................78
4.7 Reinforcement ......................................................................................................................80
4.7.1 General ...............................................................................................................................80
4.7.2 Working Drawings and Bending Schedules............................................................................80
4.7.3 Splicing and Concrete Cover to Reinforcement Steel ..............................................................80
4.7.4 Cutting, Bending and Fixing of Reinforcement Steel ...............................................................80

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

4.8 Formwork .............................................................................................................................81


4.8.1 General Requirements .........................................................................................................81
4.8.2 Removal of Formwork ..........................................................................................................82
4.8.3 Surface Finishes ..................................................................................................................82
4.8.3.1 Ordinary Finish.................................................................................................................82
4.8.3.2 Smooth Finish ..................................................................................................................83
4.8.3.4 Broomed Finish ................................................................................................................83
4.8.3.4 Floor Finish ......................................................................................................................83
4.9 Joints....................................................................................................................................83
4.9.1 Polythene Sheeting ..............................................................................................................83
4.9.2 Construction Joints ..............................................................................................................83
4.9.3 Movement Joints..................................................................................................................84
4.9.3.1 Movement Joint Filler........................................................................................................84
4.9.3.2 Joint Sealer......................................................................................................................84
4.9.3.3 Waterstops ......................................................................................................................84
4.9.3.4 Dowel Bars ......................................................................................................................85
4.10 Repair of Concrete ..............................................................................................................85
4.11 Testing of Concrete Water Retaining Structures.................................................................85
4.12 Tolerances ..........................................................................................................................86
4.13 Repair of Existing Concrete ................................................................................................86
4.13.1 Dewatering and Cleaning ...................................................................................................86
4.13.2 Identification of Repairs ......................................................................................................86
4.13.3 Materials ...........................................................................................................................86
4.13.4 Types of Defects ................................................................................................................87
4.13.4.1 Repair of Cracks 1 up to 3mm wide ..................................................................................87
4.13.4.2 Repair of Leaking Cracks 1 up to 3 mm wide .....................................................................87
4.13.4.3 Repair of Cracks 3 up to 20mm wide ................................................................................88
4.13.4.4 Repair of Defective Concrete ...........................................................................................88
4.13.4.5 Repair of Deteriorated Joints ............................................................................................89
4.13.4.6 Repair of Voids under Concrete Slabs ..............................................................................89
4.14 Steel Work ..........................................................................................................................90
4.14.1 General .............................................................................................................................90
4.14.2 Standards for Materials and Workmanship ...........................................................................90
4.14.3 Sizes and Dimensions ........................................................................................................90

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

4.14.4 Samples and Test Certificates.............................................................................................90


4.14.5 Working Drawings and Method Statement ...........................................................................91
4.14.6 Fabrication ........................................................................................................................91
4.14.6.1 Welding ..........................................................................................................................91
4.14.6.2 Bending ..........................................................................................................................91
4.14.6.3 Cutting............................................................................................................................91
4.14.6.4 Holing .............................................................................................................................91
4.14.6.5 Bolting ............................................................................................................................92
4.14.6.6 Marking of Parts ..............................................................................................................92
4.14.7 Works Erection ..................................................................................................................92
4.14.8 Site Erection ......................................................................................................................92
4.15 Water Storage Tanks ..........................................................................................................93
4.15.1 General .............................................................................................................................93
4.15.2 Steel Water Storage Tanks .................................................................................................93
4.15.2.1 General ..........................................................................................................................93
4.15.2.2 Supervision of Erection of Steel Tanks ..............................................................................93
4.15.2.3 Design of Supporting Tower for Steel Water Reservoirs .....................................................93
4.15.3 Glass Reinforced Plastic Water Storage Tanks ....................................................................94
4.15.3.1 General ..........................................................................................................................94
4.15.3.2 Supervision of Erection of GRP Tanks ..............................................................................94
4.15.3.3 Design of Supporting Tower for GRP Water Storage Tanks................................................94
4.15.4 Reinforced Concrete Tanks ................................................................................................94
4.15.5 Disinfection of Tanks ..........................................................................................................95
4.16 Protection and Painting of Metal .........................................................................................95
4.16.1 Painting .............................................................................................................................95
4.16.2 Galvanising .......................................................................................................................96
4.17 Roads and Pavements ........................................................................................................96
4.17.1 Road Construction .............................................................................................................96
4.17.2 Types of Pavement Structures ............................................................................................97
4.17.3 Grade and Alignment Control ..............................................................................................97
4.17.4 Curves and Transitions .......................................................................................................97
4.17.5 Materials and Plant for Roads and Pavement Structures .......................................................97
4.17.6 Sub Grade .........................................................................................................................98
4.17.7 Base Course......................................................................................................................98

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

4.17.8 Asphaltic Surface Treatment .............................................................................................100


4.17.9 Bituminous Prime Coat .....................................................................................................103
4.17.10 Bituminous Tack Coat ....................................................................................................104
4.17.11 Asphaltic Concrete .........................................................................................................104
4.17.12 Concrete Kerbs ..............................................................................................................106
4.17.13 Reflectorised Paint for Road Markings .............................................................................106
4.18 Sidewalks and Other Paved Areas ....................................................................................107
4.18.1 Reinforced Concrete Sidewalk ..........................................................................................107
4.18.2 Stone Surfaced Tile Sidewalk ...........................................................................................107
4.18.3 Paving Block Sidewalk .....................................................................................................107
4.18.4 Concrete Tile Pavement ...................................................................................................107
4.18.5 Hot-Asphaltic Sidewalk .....................................................................................................107
4.18.6 Limit of Construction and Allowable Tolerances ..................................................................108
4.18.7 Other Requirements .........................................................................................................108
4.19 Fencing and Walls ............................................................................................................108
4.19.1 Fences and Gates............................................................................................................108
4.19.2 Existing Boundary Walls and Fences .................................................................................108

PARAGRAPH 5 - BUILDING WORKS ....................................................................................................109


5.1 Materials .............................................................................................................................109
5.1.1 Precast Concrete Blocks ....................................................................................................109
5.1.2 Mortar ...............................................................................................................................109
5.1.3 Damp-proof Courses in Walls .............................................................................................109
5.1.4 Timber ..............................................................................................................................109
5.1.5 Chipboard and Plywood .....................................................................................................110
5.1.6 Nails and Screws ...............................................................................................................110
5.1.7 Timber Glue ......................................................................................................................110
5.1.8 Flush Doors .......................................................................................................................110
5.1.9 Metal Door Frames ............................................................................................................110
5.1.10 Metal Windows and Doors ................................................................................................110
5.1.11 Louvred Windows ............................................................................................................110
5.1.12 Roller Shutter Doors .........................................................................................................111
5.1.13 Ironmongery ....................................................................................................................111
5.1.14 Suspended Ceilings .........................................................................................................111

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

5.1.15 Aluminium Sheet Roofing .................................................................................................111


5.1.16 Asbestos Cement Sheet Roofing.......................................................................................111
5.1.17 Metal Roof and Wall Sheeting ...........................................................................................111
5.1.18 Clear Sheet Glass ............................................................................................................112
5.1.19 Fixed Metal Louvres .........................................................................................................112
5.1.20 Sandtex Textured Finish ...................................................................................................112
5.1.21 Insulation Board ...............................................................................................................112
5.1.22 Precast Terrazzo Tiles......................................................................................................112
5.1.23 Ceramic Tiles ..................................................................................................................112
5.1.24 Plastic Pipes for Hot and Cold Water Services ...................................................................112
5.1.25 Stop Valves .....................................................................................................................112
5.1.26 Draw-off Taps ..................................................................................................................112
5.1.27 Water Storage Tanks .......................................................................................................113
5.1.28 Soil, Waste and Vent Pipes...............................................................................................113
5.1.29 Sanitary Appliances .........................................................................................................113
5.1.30 PVC Tiling and Skirting .....................................................................................................113
5.2 Blockwork Walls .................................................................................................................113
5.2.1 Storage of Materials ...........................................................................................................113
5.2.2 Mortar Mixing.....................................................................................................................114
5.2.3 Blockwork .........................................................................................................................114
5.2.4 Protection and Curing.........................................................................................................114
5.2.5 Non Load-bearing Walls .....................................................................................................114
5.2.6 Ties to Concrete Structures ................................................................................................114
5.2.7 Movement Joints................................................................................................................114
5.3 Carpentry and Joinery ........................................................................................................115
5.3.1 General .............................................................................................................................115
5.3.2 Timber Preservation ...........................................................................................................115
5.3.3 Nails and Screws ...............................................................................................................115
5.3.4 Finished Sizes ...................................................................................................................115
5.3.5 Workmanship ....................................................................................................................115
5.3.6 Check before Priming .........................................................................................................116
5.3.7 Defects .............................................................................................................................116
5.4 Doors and Windows ...........................................................................................................116
5.4.1 General .............................................................................................................................116

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

5.4.2 Fixed Windows ..................................................................................................................116


5.4.3 Glazing .............................................................................................................................116
5.4.4 Fixing of Doors and Windows .............................................................................................116
5.4.5 Ironmongery ......................................................................................................................117
5.4.6 Lamination ........................................................................................................................117
5.5 Roofing and Wall Cladding .................................................................................................117
5.5.1 Metal Roof and Wall Sheeting .............................................................................................117
5.5.2 Asbestos Roof Sheeting .....................................................................................................118
5.5.3 Bituminous Roofing of Slabs ...............................................................................................118
5.5.4 Aluminium Sheet Roofing ...................................................................................................119
5.6 Plumbing Installations ........................................................................................................119
5.6.1 General .............................................................................................................................119
5.6.2 Coupling Unions ................................................................................................................119
5.6.3 Valves ...............................................................................................................................119
5.6.4 Overflow Pipes ..................................................................................................................119
5.6.5 Soil, Waste and Vent Pipes ................................................................................................120
5.6.6 Sanitary Appliances ...........................................................................................................120
5.6.7 Pipework and Fittings .........................................................................................................120
5.6.8 Rainwater Pipes and Gutters ..............................................................................................121
5.6.9 Testing of Waste and Soil Pipes..........................................................................................121
5.6.10 Testing of Water Supply Pipes ..........................................................................................122
5.7 Rendering and Other Finishes ............................................................................................122
5.7.1 Plastering and Rendering ...................................................................................................122
5.7.2 Granolithic Floor Screed .....................................................................................................123
5.7.3 In-situ Terrazzo Paving and Skirtings ..................................................................................123
5.7.4 Glazed Ceramic Wall Tiles .................................................................................................123
5.7.5 Ceramic Floor and Skirting Tiles .........................................................................................123
5.7.6 Roofing Tiles .....................................................................................................................123
5.7.7 Protection of Tiling .............................................................................................................124
5.8 Painting and other Coatings ...............................................................................................124
5.8.1 General .............................................................................................................................124
5.8.2 Paints ...............................................................................................................................124
5.8.3 Testing of Paint..................................................................................................................124
5.8.4 Preparation and Maintenance of Surfaces ...........................................................................125

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
CONTENTS

5.8.5 Painting Workmanship and Conditions ................................................................................125


5.8.6 Protection and Painting of Softwood ....................................................................................126
5.8.7 Protection of Hardwood ......................................................................................................126
5.8.8 Protection of Wood in Water ...............................................................................................126
5.8.9 Protection and Painting of Concrete, Plasters and Blockwork ................................................126
5.8.10 Colours ...........................................................................................................................126
5.8.11 Rehabilitation of Existing Painting ......................................................................................127
5.8.12 Summary of Coating Systems ...........................................................................................127

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 1

GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSGENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PARAGRAPH 1 - GENERAL

1.1 Definitions

In this Specification (as hereinafter defined) the following words and expressions shall have the
meanings hereby assigned to them:
- "Specification" means both General Specification and Particular Specification.
- "General Specification" means this specification specifying description, requirements for
materials and the construction method, and other requirements which are not shown on
the drawings. The General Specification covers all classes of workmanship, materials
and equipment commonly involved in construction. Hence, the General Specification may
specify works that are not applicable to this particular contract. The General Specification
shall be used in conjunction with the drawings and the Particular Specification.

- "Particular Specification" means the specification which the Engineer has specifically
specified for any particular work and any revisions thereof which have been approved by
the Engineer. It shall include additional specifications prepared before or during the
construction for the modification or addition for any specific parts of the Works.

- "Provided" and its derivatives means the complete design, manufacture, delivery,
installation, testing and commissioning of the works, inclusive of such ancillary services
as inspection and witnessed testing at the places of manufacture, workshop and site
painting, handling on site, site trials and of all such other services as are noted in the
Specification or reasonably necessary for the safe, reliable and efficient completion of the
Contract.

- "Earth excavation" is defined as excavation of any naturally occurring or man made or


placed material that can be removed manually or by mechanical shovel, bulldozer or
ripper.

- "Rock excavation" is defined as excavation of any naturally occurring or man made or


placed material that cannot be removed by other means than by systematic blasting or by
barring or by wedging or by the use of pneumatic tools or impact breakers.

- "Topsoil" is defined as any layer of soil adjacent to the existing surface which contains or
is discoloured by roots or other organic matter which in the opinion of the Engineer will
adversely affect part of the Works superimposed thereupon.

1.2 Sequence of Documents

The drawing and specifications shall be taken as being mutually explanatory of one another.
However, in cases of ambiguity, discrepancy or conflict, the same shall be explained and resolved by
the Engineer. In case of conflict between the drawings and General Specification, the drawings shall
govern, for conflict between the drawings and Particular Specification, the Particular Specification
shall govern, and for conflict between the General Specification and Particular Specification, the
Particular Specification shall govern.

The works shall be carried out in accordance with the details shown in the Contract and no deviation
will be allowed unless approved or directed by the Engineer.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 2

1.3 Abbreviations

In this Specification the following abbreviations have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

1.3.1 Dimensions and Units

'mm' means millimetre


'cm' means centimetre
'm' means metre
'km' means kilometre
'mm' means square millimetre
'cm' means square centimetre
'cm' means cubic centimetre
'm' means square metre
'ha' means hectare or 10,000 square metres
'l' means litre
'cc' means cubic centimetre
'm' means cubic metre
'g' means gram
'mg' means milligram
'kg' means kilogram
'tonne' means 1,000 kilograms
'N' means Newton
'kN' means kilo Newton
'kcal' means kilocalorie
'h' means hour
'l/s' means litre per second
'm/s' means cubic metre per second
'kg/cm' means kilogram per square centimetre
'kg/m' means kilogram per cubic metre
'C ' means degrees Celsius
'%' means per cent
'' means per thousand.

1.3.2 Standards and Organisations

BIS means Bureau of Indian Standards


BS means British Standards
ASTM means American Standard for Testing Materials
AASHTO means American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
ACI means American Concrete Institute
ANSI means American National Standard Institute
ISO means International Standard Organisation
IEC means International Electro-technical Commission
NEN means Dutch National Standards
DIN means Deutsches Insitut fr Normung (German Institute for Norms)
USBR means United States Bureau of Reclamation

1.3.3 Mechanical Abbreviations

MSS means Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry
BB means Bolted Bonnet
BC means Bolted Cap
BE means Bevelled End
BW means Butt Weld
ERW means Electric Resistance Weld
FF means Flat Face

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 3

FLGD means Flanged


GALV means Galvanized
ISS means Inside Screw and Steam Type
LJ means Lap Joint
NPSH means Net Positive Suction Head
OS&Y means Outside screw and Yoke type
PE means Plain End
rpm means Revolutions per minute
RF means Raised Face
RJ means Ring Joint
SCRD means Screwed
SMLS means Seamless
SCH means Schedule
SW means Socket Weld
SO means Slip On
WN means Welding Neck
ST means Stellite faced
TFS means Taylor Force Standard
UB means Union Bonnet
LB means Long Bonnet
PSB means Pressure Seal Bonnet

1.3.4 Electrical Abbreviations

L1 means red phase


L2 means yellow phase
L3 means blue phase
N means neutral
ac means alternating current
dc means direct current
A means amp
mA means milliamp
V means volt
kW means kilowatt
kWH means kilowatt hour
kVAr means kilovar
kVA means kilovolt amp
MVA means megavolt amp
Hz means hertz (cycles per second)
SP means single pole
SPN means single pole and neutral
DP means double pole
TP means triple pole
TPN means triple pole and neutral
SPSwN means single pole and switched neutral
TPSwN means triple pole and switched neutral
MCB means miniature circuit breaker
MCCB means moulded case circuit breaker
RCD means residual current device
MCC means motor control centre

1.4 The Site

1.4.1 Site

Except where otherwise shown on the drawings or specified herein, the Site shall mean the extent of

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 4

such public and private lands as is in the opinion of the Engineer necessary or practicable for the
construction of the Works. The Contractor shall not use the Site for any purpose not required by the
Contract.

1.4.2 Condition of Site

Prior to carrying out any work the Contractor shall inspect the Site, in conjunction with the Engineer or
his Representative to establish its general condition which shall be agreed and recorded in writing,
and where, in the opinion of the Engineer or his Representative it is deemed necessary, by means of
photography or video recording.

These locations include: - Contractor's site offices


- Workshop areas
- Routing of construction roads

Details recorded shall include the location of all boundary and survey beacons the conditions of
buildings, surfaces, terracing (if any), ditches, watercourses, roads, tracks, fences, and other
information relating to the Site and elsewhere which may be affected by the Contractor's operations.

1.4.3 Access to Site

Prior to the commencement of any part of the Works, the Contractor shall make temporary access
tracks including all necessary temporary diversions and bridge works to the part of the Site
concerned, all to the approval of the Engineer.

The Contractor shall maintain such access tracks in a condition suitable for the safe and easy
passage of plant and vehicles until they are no longer required for the purpose of the Contract.

The Contractor shall make a record to be agreed by the Engineer of the conditions of the surfaces of
any private lands or of any public cultivated or maintained lands over which access to the Site lies
before use for access and he shall keep such surfaces in a reasonable state of cleanliness and repair
during the execution of the Works. On the termination of the Contractor's use of such access he shall
restore the surfaces to a condition at least equal to that obtaining before his entry on them.

For the purpose of this Contract all road tracks, "rights of way", side walks and the like, which are not
part of the permanent Works, but are required by the Contractor or the Engineer on or near the Site
directly or indirectly in connection with the Works under the Contract, will be called Construction
Roads. These roads will be regarded as Temporary Works.

The Contractor shall construct all Construction Roads, which shall be of such a standard that they can
be normally and safely used in all weather conditions.

The Contractor is not entitled to any reimbursement for the use of the Construction Roads by others
than the Employer, personnel and agents of the Engineer and the Contractor, provided that they use it
with the approval of the Engineer and directly or indirectly in connection with the Works under the
Contract.

The Contractor shall erect and maintain along the site boundary at his own expense suitable and
approved temporary fencing and gates to enclose areas of the Works to be carried out and other
areas of land as may be necessary to implement his obligations under the Contract to the satisfaction
of the Engineer.

1.4.4 Clearance of Site

The Contractor shall maintain the Site in a neat, tidy, healthy condition. He shall control vegetation so
as not to detract from the amenity and appearance of the neighbourhood of the Site.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 5

The Contractor shall clear also the areas of all borrow areas and other sources of materials, and the
sites of all Temporary Works, offices, stores, workshops, camps, mess huts and other
accommodation and shall dispose of all debris in an approved manner. The limits of the areas to be
cleared shall be as indicated on the Drawings or as shall be defined by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall at all times and in all respects take the necessary actions to protect the
environment in and around the Site by adhering to the measures detailed in his Environmental
Management Plan. The Contractor shall do his utmost to spare trees, vegetation, flora and the like. If
the Engineer's Representative requires that individual trees, shrubs and hedges are to be preserved
the Contractor shall do so and shall take all necessary precautions to prevent their damage.

Upon completion of all work to be performed by the Contractor on any part of the Site otherwise than
in connection with the care and maintenance of the Works, the Contractor shall clear the said part of
the Site as specified in relevant Clauses of the Conditions of Contract.

1.4.5 Prevention of Surface Erosion

The Contractor shall take particular care at all times to prevent surface erosion on the Site and
elsewhere on land which may be affected by his operations and the Engineer may impose such
reasonable limitations and restrictions upon the method of clearance and upon the timing and season
of the year when clearance is carried out as the circumstances seem to him to warrant.

1.4.6 Care of Water

The Contractor shall take care of water, whatsoever the source or cause may be in adequate manner
to ensure that the Works specified are executed in a satisfactory dry and safe manner to the approval
of the Engineer.

Unless stated and specified elsewhere all measures dealing with care of water shall be considered as
being Temporary Works. No claim by the Contractor for the costs of care of water will be accepted by
the Engineer. After having served their purposes, the Temporary Works and plant shall be removed to
the satisfaction of the Engineer.

1.4.7 Unauthorized Persons

No unauthorized persons shall be allowed on the Site. The Contractor shall instruct all such persons
to keep out and shall take steps to prevent trespassing in accordance with the General Conditions of
Contract.

1.4.8 Advertising

The Contractor shall not erect advertisements in any form within the Site or in adjoining ground
without the approval of the Engineer.

1.5 Accommodation and Facilities on Site

1.5.1 General

For the duration of the contract, including the maintenance period, the Employer shall put at the
disposal of the Contractor, free of charge, a site required for construction of the accommodation and
facilities as mentioned in the following.

The Contractor shall arrange for labour, materials and equipment to provide, install, construct and
maintain all buildings, services, roads and the like which the Engineer, the Contractor and their
principals, personnel and agents require on or near the site directly or indirectly in connection with the
works. The Contractor shall be deemed to have submitted with his tender, drawings, a description, the

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 6

number and the proposed location of the various types of buildings, yards and other site facilities
which he will provide under the provisions of this clause.

As soon as practicable but in any case not later than four (4) weeks after receipt by the Contractor of
the letter of acceptance, the Contractor shall submit detailed drawings, specifications and all details of
the location, the lay-out and the construction of buildings, roads, services, equipment, fittings, fur-
nishings and everything to be provided, installed and constructed under the provisions of this clause
for the approval of the competent authorities and of the Engineer (which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld) before materials are ordered or the works are put in hand.

The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the facilities in good order and shall promptly
implement repairs and improvements, if so requested by the Engineer. He shall keep the site free
from all waste, garbage, stagnant water and the like.

1.5.2 Accommodation for the Contractor

The Contractor shall provide, erect, construct and equip all offices, workshops, stores, sheds, loading
and unloading facilities complete with all machines and equipment and all services, access roads and
the like, required by him or his principals, employees or agents directly or indirectly for the
construction or maintenance of the works.

At the end of the contract period, the Contractor shall entirely remove from the site all accommodation
and facilities, complete with all machines and equipment.

1.5.3 Offices for the Engineer's and Employer's Representatives

The Contractor shall equip for the duration of the Contract and for three months after being granted
the Certificate of Completion, for the sole use of the Engineer and the Employer and their principals,
employees and agents the office space as described in the Particular Specifications.

Unless agreed otherwise with the Engineer, at the end of the Contract period the Contractor shall
completely remove the offices and all other equipment furnished by the Contractor under this Clause.

1.5.4 Site Laboratory

The Contractor shall provide, erect, staff and maintain a site laboratory with testing equipment
throughout the Contract period, at a location approved by the Engineer and as described in the
Particular Specifications.

At the end of the Contract period the Contractor shall entirely remove the laboratory from the site. All
laboratory equipment as specified in the Particular Specifications shall be handed over to the
Employer in good order, fair wear and tear excepted.

1.5.5 Power, Water, Sewerage, Drainage, Sanitary Provisions

Where required by the Engineer, at or near the site, including all the facilities described in the Sub-
Clauses above, but not by way of limitation, the Contractor at his expense shall arrange for, provide,
install and construct everything necessary to adequately ensure:

- the supply of potable or non-potable water, whichever is required, for construction, testing
and domestic use and all other purposes;
- the supply of electricity and other sources of power and light;
- the drainage and the disposal of sewage;
- the drainage of surface and storm-water.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 7

1.5.6 Telecommunications

The Contractor shall arrange for, provide, install construct and maintain adequate and sufficient
means of telecommunication for the use of the principals, personnel and agents of the Employer,
Engineer and Contractor on or near the Site.

The detailed requirements for the equipment under this Clause for the Engineer's office are specified
in the Particular Specifications

The Engineer shall be allowed free use of the Contractor's Communication facilities.

1.5.7 First Aid Arrangements

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at his own expense on the Site, adequate and easily
accessible first-aid facilities for treatment in case of accidents during the execution of the Works under
the Contract and such outfits as may be required in any relevant laws, bye-laws, ordinances and
regulations for the time being in force. The places where these items are kept shall be prominently
marked.

A sufficient number of the Contractor's employees shall be fully qualified in first aid, so that such a
qualified person is immediately available in case of accident at any time and at any place and the
persons so designated shall be made known to all employees by the posting of their name and
designated in a prominent position on the Site.

Any order from the Engineer as to extension of or alternation to such first aid facilities or services shall
be promptly carried out.

1.6 Programme of Works and Methods of Construction

Further to the Conditions of Contract, the programme of Works shall include but not be limited to the
following items:

- Proposed dates for starting and completing the construction of the various parts and
stages of the Works.
- Proposed dates for procuring materials, mobilization of the main plant required to
complete the Works.
- Proposed hours of Site works for Contractor's personnel.
- Proposed system of Contractor's access and work roads and Site plan.

The Contractor shall submit every four weeks six (6) copies of a detailed planning for the next period
of 4 weeks describing the Work he intends to perform in that period. This planning must include the
implementation of all the agreements made with the authorities which are involved and responsible for
traffic, transport and existing services like water supply, power, telephone, fire fighting, drainage and
such like.

Any consent of the Employer to this planning will not exempt the Contractor of his responsibility to
complete the Works within the time as agreed and stated in the Contract.

The Contractor shall take the initiative to inform the local authorities in due time about his programme.
The Contractor shall attend coordination meetings between the Employer and other authorities and
shall supply all relevant information and data in his possession.

The possible simultaneous construction of adjacent works under separate contracts may require the
Contractor to adapt his planning to that of other Contractors. The Employer will inform the Contractor
in due time about the conditions to be expected during the period of interference of work. Such
adaptations as far as are required in the interest of and at the request of Employer shall not entitle the

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 8

Contractor to additional payments.

For any operations that may result in a safety hazard (eg deep excavation, pile driving, concrete
casting of foundation etc.), the Contractor shall submit in writing the method statements for such
operations for approval by the Engineer not less than 30 days prior to the planned commencement of
such work.

1.7 Environmental Management Plan

A detailed Environmental Management plan (EMP) shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted
to the Engineer for approval within 8 weeks of the receipt by the Contractor of the notification to
commence the Works issued by the Engineer.

The EMP shall include measures to be taken by the Contractor to mitigate and/or protect the
environment against all impacts resulting from the execution of the Contract Works. The EMP shall
reflect the standards for environmental protection specified by the State Environmental Protection
Agency (SEPA) or equivalent.

As the EMP is a management tool for the Contractor's use, it shall present in detail how these
measures should be operated, the resources required and the schedule of implementation. The plan
should contain separate sections dealing with individual environmental aspects.

The general format of the EMP shall be:


1. Objective
2. Work Plan
3. Implementation Schedule
4. Man-power Requirements
5. Monitoring Procedures

The Contractor shall implement the EMP measures at the commencement of the permanent works
activities. The costs of preparing, implementing and monitoring the EMP shall be deemed to be
included in the Contractor's Bid Price.

1.8 Notice of Operations

Further to the General Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall not carry out any important
operation without the consent in writing of the Engineer. The Contractor shall give full and complete
notice in writing to the Engineer sufficiently in advance of the time of the operation, but not less than
48 hours, so as to enable the Engineer to make such arrangements as he may deem necessary for
inspection.

1.9 Working Hours

Subject to any provision to the contrary contained in the Contract, none of the Works shall, save as
hereinafter provided, be carried out during the night or on locally recognised day of rest without the
consent of the Engineer, except when work is unavoidable or absolutely necessary for the saving of
life or property or for the safety of the Works, in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise
the Engineer. Provided that the provisions of this Clause shall not be applicable in the case of any
work which it is customary to carry out by multiple shifts.

1.10 Datum and Benchmarks

All levels in the Contract Documents are given relative to Chart Datum. The definition of Chart Datum

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 9

is given in the Particular Specification.

Benchmarks and reference points will be provided by the Engineer on or near the Site in a sufficient
number to enable in the opinion of the Engineer the setting out of the Works by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall check the position and levels of the benchmarks and the coordinates of the reference
points, and then shall be fully responsible for maintaining the same intact and accurate. Where it is
necessary to move a benchmark or reference point because of the Works, the Contractor shall re-
place the benchmark or reference point to the approval of the Engineer.

The Contractor shall preserve all benchmarks and reference points and shall keep full written records
of all amendments, corrections, and replacements of benchmarks and reference points available for
inspection by the Engineer. The Contractor shall keep up to date a plan showing the position and
elevations of all main benchmarks and coordinates of all main reference points and shall furnish to the
Engineer, three copies of such plan and each amendment thereof.

1.11 Setting Out

In amplification to the General Conditions, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, both the
general and detailed methods of complete setting out of the alignments of the various structures, etc.
and the calculations for curvatures and the various setting out dimensions thereby obtained from the
position of the Works. At all times the Contractor shall give the Engineer notice sufficiently in advance
but not less than 24 hours of his intention to set out.

The method of surveying shall be to the approval of the Engineer. Field books and tabulated data
shall be well maintained and made available for inspection and checking by the Engineer upon re-
quest.

1.12 Joint Measurement of Works

In the event of the Contractor having to execute any work or provide any material with regard to which
he intends to claim extras, or where works are to be covered up, he shall make arrangements to take
measurements of the said works or material and shall inform the Engineer accordingly, giving a
minimum of 48 hours notice. The Engineer will then join the Contractor for a joint survey. If these
measurements are not taken jointly and recorded before the work will be executed, the Contractor's
measurement will not be recognized by the Engineer.

The fact that such joint measurements have been made will in no way bind the Engineer to recognise
the claim. The Engineer shall at all times have access to the Contractor's diary and may daily check
the progress of relevant works, but this shall in no way bind the Engineer to accept the claim nor the
value of the work other than by joint measurement.

1.13 Documentation to be Provided

During the course of the Contract the Contractor shall furnish three copies of each of the following
contract records to the Engineer.

- Sub-orders for plant, materials and services. Except as otherwise approved by the
Engineer, the Contractor shall employ only those specialist manufacturers or sub-
contractors declared in the Bid and sub-orders to them shall be confined to those for
materials, plant and services in respect of which the Engineer's approval has been given.
Three copies of each sub-order, (inclusive of supporting documents to which it may
refer), and of any amendments thereto, shall be furnished to the Engineer immediately
upon issue and each shall state clearly the Contract title and the item or drawing
reference, or other means of identification.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 10

- Monthly progress reports of work in hand under the Contract, at manufacturer's works
and elsewhere. The reports shall be in an agreed format, shall be issued before the 14th
of each month and shall give full details of progress with the Contract during the
preceding month, including production status of drawings, manufacture, orders, stocks of
materials, shipping, delivery, erection, testing and commissioning.

- Progress schedules, to the Engineer's requirements, indicating the planned dates of


commencement and completion of installation for each portion of the works. These
schedules, submitted at the Engineer's request, shall be furnished at agreed time
intervals, such intervals to be not less than 14 days.

1.14 Returns of Labour and Plant

The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer proper records at such time, intervals and in a form as the
Engineer may direct, of every employee engaged on the Contract, specifying the number employed in
the various classes of work and wages paid. The Contractor shall also from time to time, as required
by the Engineer supply any other details of labour employed on the Works.

The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer a monthly return showing full particulars on a form to be
approved by him, of all items of plant including location and state of each and the sections of the
Works on which they are employed. Plant return sheets, shall inter alia give information concerning
production, idle time and shall specify causes of idle time. The Contractor shall also keep full records
of all materials and other things brought on Site for carrying out the Works.

The Contractor shall not destroy any of his records, time sheets, vouchers and the like on labour,
Constructional Plant, materials and things before the end of the Contract and such records shall be
available at any time for inspection by the Engineer and or by a competent Authority for compliance
with the requirements of the Contract and of the local laws and regulations and in order to enable
investigation by the Engineer of any claim by the Contractor.

1.15 Works Diary

The Engineer will keep a diary on the Site in which all his remarks, instructions, decisions and the
essential details of the Works shall be recorded. The Contractor shall assist in keeping the diary by
supplying daily any information on the Works requested by the Engineer.

If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall read the diary within two days of each daily entry
being made and shall sign each entry as having been read by him. The Engineer shall also sign the
diary and hand a copy of the signed diary to the Contractor.

If the Contractor does not agree with the diary written by the Engineer in either accuracy or
completeness, he shall record his remarks in the space provided therein before signing the diary as
having been read by him or shall detail his disagreement in writing to the Engineer not more than
seven days after having read and signed the diary. Otherwise he shall be considered to be in
agreement with the contents of the diary; however the facts stated therein shall not be by themselves
be a ground for any claim for payment under the Contract.

1.16 Drawings and Documents

Subject to the requirements of these Specifications the Contractor shall prepare the detailed design
and Working Drawings necessary to execute the works. The calculations and Working Drawings shall
be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to commencement of the relevant sections of the
works on site.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 11

All dimensions in drawings, calculations and information furnished in connection with the Contract
shall be expressed in metric SI units.

All drawings shall be sized to designations A1, A2, A3, and A4. Sizes AO and above shall not be
used. Each drawing shall carry the project title, the name of the Engineer, the Contractor and the
Employer together with the drawing title and number and other relevant data, in the lower right-hand
corner.

The Contractor shall submit his drawings and documents to the Engineer for review or approval at
least thirty (30) days prior to the execution of the work concerned with the said drawings and
documents. Manufacturing drawings for items to be fabricated outside the country shall be submitted
within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of issue of the Notice to Proceed.

The procedure for the submission, review and/or approval of drawings and documents shall be
understood to be as follows; provided that the Engineer shall reserve the right to make any changes
to such procedure during the course of the works when the Engineer deems necessary. When the
Contractor is ready to have the Engineer review and/or approve certain drawings and documents, he
shall submit three (3) copies of clearly, readable copies of the drawings and documents. Within thirty
(30) days after receiving copies of the drawings and documents from the Contractor, the Engineer will
return one copy marked with one of the following classifications, depending upon whether the
drawings and documents are to be "approved" or "reviewed":

Classifications of Drawings and documents for Review/Approval:

1 "APPROVED"
2 "APPROVED EXCEPT AS NOTED-RE-SUBMITTAL NOT REQUIRED"
3 "RESUBMIT AFTER CORRECTION"
4 "NOT APPROVED"

Upon receipt of drawings and documents which have been marked as shown in 1 or 2 above, the
Contractor may proceed with the work covered by such drawings and documents, making corrections
if indicated there upon by the Engineer. Copies of all approved drawings shall be maintained at the
Contractor's site office.

When returned drawings and documents have been marked as shown in 3 above, the Contractor
shall make necessary corrections and/or revisions to the drawings and documents in a timely manner
and shall resubmit three (3) copies of revised drawings and documents to the Engineer.

Any work done prior to the Engineer's approval of drawings and/or documents shall be at the
Contractor's risk.

The Engineer's approval of the Working Drawings, Contract Records etc., shall not relieve the
Contractor of the obligation to meet the terms of the Specification and any of the plant which upon
delivery to site is found to be incorrect or unsatisfactory, or which fails to perform its duty satisfactorily
during commissioning or during the Defects Notification Period shall be replaced to the Engineer's
satisfaction.

The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors, or omissions in the drawings and
other particulars supplied by him, whether such drawings and particulars have been approved by the
Engineer or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors, or omissions be not due to inaccurate
information or particulars furnished in writing to the Contractor by the Employer or the Engineer. The
Employer shall be responsible for drawings and information supplied in writing by the Employer or the
Engineer and for the details of special work specified by either of them. The Employer shall pay any
extra cost reasonably incurred by the Contractor due to any alterations of the work necessitated by
reason of inaccurate information so supplied to the Contractor.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 12

The As-Built Drawings for the pipe networks shall be on a scale of:
1:10,000 for overall layout and key plan of drawings.
1:2,500 for overall layout of new primary and secondary mains
1:1,000 for new pipe installation with house connections and existing system
1:2,500 H,1:250 V for longitudinal sections
1:500 for house connections
1:50 for valve chamber details and details of connections to the existing pipeline system.
or any other appropriate scale as per Engineers request.

As Built Drawings shall be drawn in compliance with the DJBs standard including symbols, lines etc.

The As-Built Drawings shall state official names, if any, of each street and shall reflect on the as-built
profiles the actual classification of soils. The Contractor shall also mark on the As-Built Drawings the
location of all services found during the course of excavation and pipelaying works. Details of
connections to the existing lines shall be shown clearly on the drawings.

1.17 Photographs

The Contractor shall supply, each month, negatives and four copies of progress photographs, suitably
inscribed, of a size not less than 250 mm by 200 mm of such portions of the Works, in progress and
completed, as may be directed by the Engineer. The negatives and prints shall not be retouched.
The negatives of the photographs shall be the property of the Employer and no prints from these
negatives may be supplied to any person or persons without the authority of the Employer or the
Engineer. The Contractor shall also provide photograph albums and mounts for mounting
photographs.

1.18 Contractor's Responsibility for Design

Subject to the requirements of this Specification the Contractor shall be responsible for the general
and detailed design of the complete equipment to be provided and for the dimensions and
arrangements of the various parts. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking the dimensions
and installation conditions of the existing facilities and for the design of any modifications required.

The design, construction and finish of the complete equipment supplied under this Contract shall be
according to first class engineering practice and each item of equipment shall be in every way suitable
for continuous operation over the full range of duties. The plant shall be as simple and maintenance
free as possible.

1.19 Temporary Works

The Contractor shall design at his own expense all Temporary Works he may require for the
execution of the Works. He shall submit six (6) weeks in advance of any scheduled temporary work,
detailed drawings and supporting calculations considered essential by the Engineer. Within four
weeks after submission of the aforementioned drawings and calculations the Engineer shall comment
or approve the relevant Temporary Works.

Notwithstanding the approval by the Engineer of any design of Temporary Works, the Contractor shall
remain responsible for their efficiency, safety and maintenance, and for all obligations in regard to
such works specified or implied in the Contract until the removal of such works.

Unless provided for in the Bill of Quantities expenditures whatsoever dealing with any Temporary
Works shall be deemed to be covered by the other rates and prices in the Bill of Quantities and shall
not be measured for payment nor be paid for under a separate item.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 13

1.20 Approval of Contractor's Proposals

The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer 4 copies of the following documentation, giving details of
his proposals for approval, within 4 weeks of the Contract Start Date.

- Design and working drawings and data including calculation and erection information.
- All technical specifications of all plant and equipment proposed for the works.
- Details of dead and live loads imposed by each item of plant on its foundations.

1.21 Contractor's Staff

The Contractor and any Sub-Contractor engaged upon the execution of the Works shall be deemed
to employ, or to procure the employment of, staff skilled and experienced in works of a similar nature
to the works and jointly and severally they shall be responsible for the provision of safe, reliable and
efficient plant such as will ensure its precise and safe operation under all conditions, and shall provide
all plant and services reasonably necessary for the complete setting to work and performance of the
works whether or not specifically mentioned in the Specification, Bill of Quantities or indicated in the
Drawings.

1.22 Assistance to the Engineer

1.22.1 General

The Contractor shall render such assistance with facilities, labour, constructional plant and materials
as at any time may be required by the Engineer's representative directly or indirectly in connection
with the works.

The costs of such assistance shall be borne by the Contractor if such assistance is intended for or
provided for or specified in the contract; if any assistance is required by the Engineer's representative
which is not so intended and not provided for and not specified, then the cost of such assistance shall
be borne by the Employer.

The assistance to the Engineer's representative includes, but not by way of limitation, the items in the
following sub-clauses.

1.22.2 Labour

The Contractor shall provide the following personnel to be solely and permanently in attendance upon
the Engineer and his principals, employees and agents:

- 4 competent men to act as messenger, chainman, sample collector, office assistant for
cleaning and waste disposal etc. and the like;
- watchmen for laboratory and office for both day and night.

1.22.3 Surveying Equipment

The Contractor shall provide and keep in sound condition and accurate adjustment on each Site
under the Contract the surveying equipment as described in the Particular Specifications, for the sole
use of the Engineer.

1.22.4 Protective Items

The Contractor shall provide for the use of the Engineer's Representative and his principals,
employees and agents and such other persons as the Engineer authorises adequate protective items
such as gumboots, waterproof top-coats, first-aid equipment, life-jackets, hard hats and other safety

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 14

equipment as specified in the Particular Specification or, as required by the Engineer in connection
with the Contract.

1.22.5 Transport

The Contractor shall make available at the Commencement of the Works, maintain, repair, and keep
in sound, safe running condition vehicles for the sole use of the Employer and Engineer, as specified
in the Particular Specification.

The vehicles shall be complete with spare parts, tools and the like. The Contractor shall provide all
necessary materials including fuel and lubrication. The vehicles shall be driven by skilled and licensed
drivers employed by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall keep the vehicles insured during the Contract Period under a fully
comprehensive motor insurance policy issued by a reputable insurance company. Both the policy and
the insurer will be subject to the approval of both the Employer and the Engineer.

The vehicles shall be kept permanently at the disposal of the Employer and the Engineer, their
principals, employees and agents. During periods of maintenance or repair the Contractor shall make
equivalent replacement vehicles available.

Upon completion or termination of the Contract the vehicles will remain the property of the Employer.

1.23 Care of Public Utility Services

For the purpose of these Specifications public utility services (hereinafter referred to as "public
utilities") mean:

1 Water lines complete (incl. water meter boxes, valve boxes, fire hydrants etc.).
2 Wire lines complete (telephone wires, poles etc.).
3 Power lines, both high tension and low tension, complete (masts etc.).
4 Cable ways.
5 Street Lighting.
6 Traffic Signals.
7 Sewer lines complete (incl. manholes, overflows, siphons etc.).
8 Drains, watercourse crossings.
9 Fibre optic lines.
10 All other (associated) utility appurtenances and things within the limits of the proposed
construction works.

It shall be the Contractor's own liability and full responsibility to locate all existing utilities complete
within the limits of the proposed construction work, and well in advance before starting any relevant
construction works. No claims from the Contractor arising from incomplete information will be
considered by the Employer. The Contractor shall accept full responsibility and shall allow in his
Contract Price for the cost of any investigations arising from the requirements of this Clause and for
any damage or interference with such utility services.

The Contractor shall exercise greatest care during the progress of the Work to avoid damage to or
interference with public utilities, and shall be responsible for any damage and subsequent damages
caused by him or his agents directly or indirectly arising from anything done or omitted.

If, in the Engineer's opinion, damage may be caused by the use of mechanical plant for excavation
over or adjacent to services, the Contractor shall be required to excavate by hand in their vicinity. The
rates in the Contract shall include for such hand excavation. Before excavations are carried out near
utility services by means of mechanical plant, the Contractor shall carry out full and adequate
preliminary investigations to locate utility services by means of hand-dug trial holes. The Contractor

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 15

shall be responsible for the safe keeping and protection of any controllers, cables or other equipment
connected with traffic light installations within the Site.

At points where the Contractor's operations are adjacent to properties of railway, telegraph, telephone
and power authorities, or are adjacent to other property, damage to which might result in considerable
expense, loss or inconvenience, work shall not be commenced until all arrangements necessary for
the protection thereof have been made.

The Contractor shall co-operate with the owners or the authorities of any underground or overhead
utility lines in their removal and rearrangement operations in order that these operations may progress
in a reasonable manner, and that duplication of rearrangement work may be reduced to a minimum,
and that services rendered by those parties will not be unnecessarily interrupted.

In the event of interruption to water or utility services as a result of accidental breakage, or as a result
of being exposed or unsupported, the Contractor shall promptly notify the proper authority or owners.
He shall co-operate with the said authority in the restoration of service as promptly as possible. In no
case shall interruption to water service be allowed to exist outside of working hours. Fire hydrants
shall be kept accessible to the Fire Department at all times, and no materials shall be kept or stock
piled within 5 meters of any fire hydrant.

It shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify all utility companies, or authorities or other parties
affected, and to endeavour to have all necessary adjustments of the public utility fixtures, pipelines,
and other appurtenances within or adjacent to the limits of construction, made as soon as practicable.

Adjustment in time for completion, because of delays suffered by the Contractor may be determined
in accordance with the provisions of the Conditions of Contract.

The location and extent of the subsurface structures and surfaces cannot with any definite assurance
be predicted. The Contractor shall excavate and backfill sufficient exploratory trenches ahead of the
Works to the satisfaction of the Engineer for the purpose of locating underground structures and utility
services affecting the Works. The Contractor shall excavate by hand around existing structures and
utility services in the subsurface.

The Contractor shall subsequently survey these underground structures and utility services and shall
plot the records in plan and section on detail drawings. The detail drawings shall be issued within
reasonable time to the Employer for his approval to allow the Employer to use the detail drawings as
an aid to check and/or relocate the position of the Permanent Works involved and to issue within
reasonable time to all circumstances the relevant construction drawings. No delays will be taken into
account by reason of failure or inability of the Contractor to issue the detail drawings in due time.
Exploratory trenches, where required shall be backfilled immediately after their purpose has been
accomplished and the Contractor shall maintain the surface in a satisfactory condition

1.24 Testing and Inspection

The Contractor shall provide 3 copies of a test plan for both the factory and site tests and inspections,
for the Engineer's approval. The plan shall consist of a logical step-by-step schedule indicating step,
action and reaction. The plan shall be cross referenced to relevant sections of the Specification, Bill of
Quantities, and British Standards (or equivalent where applicable), and shall state clearly the test
method to be employed, the equipment to be used, the parameters to be measured, and the expected
results. On satisfactory completion of the tests etc. the plan shall be completed with the results
achieved and shall be retained for record purposes.

The test plan may be sectionalized to suit the plant purchase and manufacturing arrangements, and
programme. Each section of the plan shall be issued in draft at least 28 days before any testing,
inspecting or commissioning takes place. The Engineer will notify his approval or otherwise within 14
days of receipt of the plan. Any portions of the plan which the Engineer disapproves shall be suitably

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 16

modified before implementation of that portion of the plan. Final copies of the approved plan shall be
available for the testing, inspections or commissioning.

The Contractor shall carry out during manufacture all tests specified in the relevant Standards
amplified as may be called for in the Specification and Bill of Quantities, and shall forward to the
Engineer in triplicate duly certified copies of the test results and certification that the equipment and
materials comply with the relevant Standards.

Unless otherwise specified hereafter, the Contractor shall give not less than fourteen clear days
notice in writing for the time, date and place of all impending tests so that the Engineer, or his
representative may be present to witness such tests. The Contractor shall furnish test certificates in
triplicate for all tests whether witnessed or not.

As and when the Engineer is satisfied that any plant is in accordance with the Specification and has
passed the prescribed workshop tests, he will notify the Contractor in writing to that effect.

If after inspection or tests the Engineer decides that the plant concerned or any part thereof is
defective or is not in accordance with the Contract, he may reject it by giving to the Contractor, within
a reasonable time, notice in writing of his decision and the grounds upon which it is based.

1.25 Tests on Completion

When the plant is completely erected on Site and ready for service, the Works shall be tested and
commissioned under the Contractor's supervision and subjected to the prescribed Tests on
Completion in the presence of the Engineer and of the Employer's staff to demonstrate that it is able
to perform its specified duties satisfactorily under the approved system of operation and control and
that the whole conforms with the Specification.

Prior to the commencement of any site testing the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for
approval schedules detailing the tests to be carried out in satisfaction of the Tests on Completion. On
satisfactory completion of the tests on Completion the Contractor shall provide copies of the
completed schedules for record purposes.

Except where otherwise specified, each item of plant shall be subjected to a continuous twelve hour
trial under normal working conditions, at varying heads, quantities, loads and speeds where
applicable to establish correct and reliable functioning of the plant. The performance of each item of
plant at its guarantee point shall be determined using pressure gauges, flow meters and electrical
gauges. Electrical plant shall be tested in accordance with the Institution of Electrical Engineer's
Regulations, for earth continuity, polarity and insulation resistance, and the Contractor shall supply the
Engineer with three copies of the schedule of test results. The installation will not be accepted until
such tests have been approved.

Power consumption, discharge and suction and delivery pressures shall be measured where
applicable.

The Contractor shall supply all necessary instruments, gauges, meters and suitably qualified
personnel to carry out the tests and the cost of these shall be deemed to be included in his tendered
prices.

Should any item of plant or process fail to comply with the performance guarantee, or fail to function
correctly the Contractor shall modify or replace at his own expense such items as are necessary until
the plant does meet the performance guarantees to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Four copies of all inspection and test certificates and records, shall be furnished to the Engineer
immediately after each inspection or test.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 17

The Contractor shall instruct the Employer's operating staff and shall stand by the plant on a
continuous basis whilst the trials are in progress. Should the plant breakdown during the trials, the
Contractor will be given the opportunity to repair it and the trials shall start again. The take over date
shall be agreed as the date upon which the successful trials started and the Engineer shall issue a
Certificate of Completion so dated, when the Record Drawings have been approved and submitted.

1.26 Record Drawings

Concurrent with the progress of work on Site the Contractor shall prepare all necessary drawings and
diagrams of the "as-fitted"/"as-built" Works as may be required for record and for care, maintenance,
repair, etc., purposes and these shall include but not be limited to:

- Arrangement drawings of each complete installation to a scale of not less than 1:50.
- Outline dimensioned drawings of each of the principal items of plant. Each shall carry or
be accompanied by a schedule of fittings, instruments and components which shall
include the maker's name, reference numbers, ratings and full particulars of all the
component parts.
- Sectional drawings of each of the major items of plant with the parts named and
numbered to facilitate maintenance and overhaul. These drawings shall also show the
type of fit and running clearance for fitted and running parts and with them shall be
included such detailed workshop drawings as may be necessary for the manufacture of
replacement components during the working lifetime of the plant.
- Such electrical and operational diagrams as may be necessary.
- Cable schedules, diagrams and route sections for cable installations.
- Cable route plan of the Site and of each of the principal installations showing sections
through the cable groups and trenches so that each cable etc in a group or trench may be
readily identified. This information shall preferably be shown on a number of large scale
drawings which shall be correlated by means of a small scale master plan.

The foregoing drawings may include those submitted and approved as Working Drawings and all
shall be sized and set out according to the requirements for the Working Drawings.

The Record Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer or his staff at any time during
the progress of the works.

Any plant shall not be deemed to be ready for issue of the Completion Certificate until the Record
Drawings have been furnished.

1.27 Operation and Maintenance Manuals

1.27.1 General

The Contractor shall provide suitably bound operating and maintenance manuals for all plant installed
within the works. The introduction shall include a general description of each works and its operation.

The instructions shall be clearly written in the English language and shall be suitable for all staff
categories who will need to use them.

The manuals shall form the basis for training of the Employer's personnel and therefore the greatest
importance will be attached to completeness and clarity of presentation.

It is emphasised that a collection of standard pamphlets of a general nature accompanied by


drawings and descriptive matters relating to the Plant as installed, will not be acceptable. In particular,
information supplied by sub-Contractors and manufacturers employed by the Contractor, shall be
coordinated into the comprehensive manual. Cross-referencing of descriptive matter, drawings and

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 18

spare part lists must be complete.

The Contractor shall submit for approval, duplicate draft copies of the operation and maintenance
manuals.

1.27.2 Operating Instructions

Operating instructions shall give a detailed description for all operations likely to be carried out during
the life of the plant. The instructions shall cover the installation, refurbishing, commissioning, testing,
operation and trouble shooting of the entire plant. Particular attention shall be given to matters of
preventive maintenance.

The instruction manuals shall describe the installation as a whole and shall give a step-by-step
procedure for any operation likely to be carried out daily, weekly, monthly and at longer intervals to
ensure trouble-free operation. Where applicable, fault location charts shall be included to facilitate
tracing the cause of malfunctions or breakdown and correcting faults.

A separate section shall be allocated for each type of equipment which shall contain all relevant
information concerning the construction and operating principles of that item.

1.27.3 Maintenance Instructions

Maintenance instructions shall include a list of all lubricants, charts showing lubrication, checking,
testing and replacement procedures to be carried out at routine intervals to ensure trouble-free
operations.

Detailed instructions shall be provided to cover the procedures for disassembly, remedial repairs and
assembly of individual items of plant.

A spares schedule shall be included consisting of a complete list of itemised spare parts for all
mechanical and electrical plant with ordering references and part numbers. Parts shall be identified on
equipment sectional drawings.

Any special maintenance tools shall be listed and detailed.

A separate section of the manual shall be devoted to standard schedule sheets that can be used by
the Employer's staff for recording routine maintenance tasks for all items of plant requiring servicing.

1.27.4 Minimum Inclusions

The Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals which shall include but not be limited to (where
applicable):

- Schedule of approved Record Drawings and documents.


- Detailed description of the plant and its method of operation, control and protection.
- Recommended operation and routine check procedures.
- Recommended care and maintenance routines together with the procedures for the
repair and re-commissioning of major items of plant.
- Recommended emergency control procedures.
- Maker's descriptive literature and technical data sheets in respect of each item of the
plant including the recommended installation, care, maintenance and overhaul
instructions, parts lists etc, whereby the plant may be maintained correctly and whereby
replacement spare parts, may be ordered without difficulty.
- Exploded views of all items of plant with each component and reference number cross
referenced to the appropriate data sheet and spares schedule.
- Schedule of the principal items of plant and components showing the title, maker, maker's
type reference, serial number, rating etc whereby reference to each is simplified.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 19

- Test results and curves, including all electrical test data and reports.

Particular reference shall be made in the operating and maintenance instructions to the:

- Safety precautions and instructions to be taken when operating the plant;


- Pre-start check list;
- Bearings and moving parts which require special attention;
- Type of lubricants to be used, and lubrication intervals;
- Routine tests which are recommended to confirm that the plant is in good working order.
- Fault finding guide.

Two draft copies of the manuals shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval 2 weeks prior to the
Tests on Completion. The Manuals shall be used for commissioning and test running under the
Contractor's supervision during which time their content and accuracy will be checked.

The final 3 copies of the Manuals, incorporating amendments and additions as instructed by the
Engineer, shall be provided upon the satisfactory completion of the installation and testing of the
Works, one month prior to the Completion Date.

1.28 Instruction of DJB Staff

The Contractor shall be responsible for instruction of the DJB staff in operation and maintenance of
the plant during the period of installation commissioning and testing.

1.28.1 General

The Contractor shall provide On-the-job training (OJT) to the DJBs personnel. The OJT activities
shall be based on the comprehensive Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

1.28.2 Training Methodology

The OJT activity shall follow the step-by-step procedure of how to perform and accomplish a certain
task in the most efficient and effective way. The Contractor shall organise the demonstration of how
the task is to be done pointing out at each step the safety factors and possible hazards. The training
process should be planned maintained and controlled in such a way that the Contractor will be able to
assess the learning progress being made by the trainee. The trainees should be given enough time to
practice by actually performing the tasks under the scrutiny of the Contractor. This practical
component of OJT where the trainees actually perform the task should take not less than 50% of the
training time. The Contractor shall coach and guide the trainee until the task and skill have been
learned and mastered. The Contractor shall provide the Employer with training assessment reports on
each trainee.

The Contractor shall perform On-the-job training in the following areas whenever applicable:

- Operation and maintenance of workshop equipment;


- Operation and maintenance of vehicles;
- Operation and maintenance of laboratory equipment;
- Operation and maintenance of plant and equipment such as electric generators,
pumping system, distribution and supply systems;
- Operation and maintenance of process equipment such as piping, pumps, filters,
compressors, motors, and instruments;
- Operation and maintenance of safety equipment such as breathing and emergency
relief equipment and fire extinguishers;
- Operation and maintenance of systems such as sewers, pipelines, drains, gauges and
measuring instruments.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 20

The Contractor shall include for full instruction of staff appointed by DJB in accordance with the
following specifications in the operation and maintenance of all items of plant and equipment installed
under this Contract.

The emphasis of such instruction shall be placed on preventive maintenance, the efficient running of
the Pumping Stations, Valves, Tools, Equipment, Instrumentation and safety in the work place.

1.28.3 Schedule of Instructions

The Contractor shall submit a complete Schedule of Instruction sessions which he intends to carry
out, for the approval of the Engineer, six weeks prior to the programmed date for the issue of the
Completion Certificate.

The Schedule of Instructions shall contain the following information:

- Name(s) and qualifications of the Instructor(s)


- A synopsis of the content of each Instruction Period
- The duration of the Instruction Period
- Grades of Personnel from DJB who are required to attend

The Contractor in this respect shall allow in his Tender Price for an instruction period of three full
working weeks (five day week) of on-site instruction after the date of issue of the Certificate of
Completion. The timing of the Instruction Period is to be agreed between the Contractor and the
Employer.

The staff of DJB will be present during the installation and commissioning stages. They shall be
encouraged to make themselves familiar with the Mechanical and Electrical Equipment being installed
and shall be free to request explanations from the Contractor's staff on the various functions and the
workings of the individual items of equipment both mechanical and electrical.

This informal instruction and familiarisation period shall not constitute any part of the formal instruction
period of four weeks which has been previously specified.

1.28.4 Seminar Room

The Contractor will be advised by the Engineer of the exact location at which the Instruction Sessions
shall be given. This location shall be in one of the offices in the Operational Zones buildings or
alternatively in one of the site offices if these are still available at the time of Instruction.

1.28.5 Seminar Aids

The Contractor shall arrange to provide suitable visual aids such as overhead projectors,
blackboards, and "cut away" samples of plant equipment such as pumps and valves.
It shall be a pre-requisite of these instruction sessions that plant operatives shall be equipped with the
operating and maintenance manuals, and shall be given ample time to study these manuals prior to
the commencement of the formal instruction period.
Apart from the operating and maintenance manuals, a set of notes on each instruction session shall
be given by the Contractor to each of the operatives attending the sessions.

1.28.6 Additional Instruction Periods during Defects Liability Period

As part of this Contract the Contractor shall include in his price for Staff Training for a visit to site by
suitably qualified personnel in his employment, every two months for the twelve month Defects
Liability Period for the sole purpose of up-dating DJB Staff Training. The duration of these site visits in
each case shall be not less than two working days, i.e., sixteen hours spent on the site.
The appointed employee of the Contractor shall prepare a detailed report on the operation of the

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 21

Plant under the following headings:


(i) Introduction to Report
(ii) Maintenance of all items of equipment supplied under this Contract
(iii) Performance of operatives
(iv) General comments on the overall operation of the Pumping Stations, Valves, Tools, Equipment,
Instrumentation or other facilities provided under the Contract.
Under headings (ii) to (iv) inclusive, the Contractor shall report on any problems, existing or potential,
arising under these headings, stating the reason why such problems are occurring and giving detailed
proposals as to how any problems may be remedied.
During the site visit, the Contractor's employee shall set aside a two hour period for discussion with
the DJB staff in order to:
(i) ascertain if they are having any particular problems with any of the plant or equipment
supplied by the Contractor, or,
(ii) if they need any additional instruction or up-dating of previous instruction in the operation
and maintenance of any particular item of plant or equipment.

1.28.7 Programme of Formal Three Week Instruction Period

The programme for the instruction sessions shall be in accordance with the following tables. The
Contractor may have suggestions for some variations in the programme which the Engineer may
consider, however, the period of instruction will remain a minimum of three weeks and no variation in
the programme will be made without the prior approval of the Engineer. Morning sessions shall run
from 8.00 am to 1.00 pm. The afternoon session shall run from 2.00 pm to 6.00 pm. Each session will
have a 30 minute recess period.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 22

WEEK NO. 1 OF FORMAL INSTRUCTION


Day Morning Instruction Period Afternoon Instruction Period Instructor Type

Monday Introduction to the Chlorination Review of the various chlorination Electrical/Mechanical


Equipment, both Mechanical and methods and basic water chemistry and Engineer
Electrical, installed by the Contractor microbiology. Chemist/Biochemist

Tuesday Use of sewer cleaning equipment, Occupational health and hygiene. Electrical/Mechanical
observing health and hygiene norms Sewer cleaning and rodent control. Engineer
Occupational Health
Specialist

Wednesday Safety in confined spaces. Emergency Use of sewer safety equipment. Basic Safety Officer
procedures. First Aid.

Thursday Review of laboratory equipment and Laboratory Practical sessions. Chemist/Biochemist


methods of analysis to be employed.

Friday Calibration Bench operation and Question & answer session on course to Electrical/Mechanical
maintenance and factors affecting date or additional tuition if required on Engineer
operation. topics previously covered. Training Specialist
Trainee Assessment.

WEEK NO. 2 OF FORMAL INSTRUCTION


Day Morning Instruction Period Afternoon Instruction Period Instructor Type

Monday Description of all Mechanical Equipment Lubrication Schedule indicating types of Mechanical Engineer
installed under the Contract, outlining lubricant, how to lubricate and when. Foreman Fitter
size, function, power consumption, etc., Field demonstration on each item
for every item. mechanical part

Tuesday Pump Maintenance and use of spare Field demonstration of how to change an Mechanical Engineer
parts for pumping equipment (classroom impeller, stator rotor, gland packing and Foreman Fitter
session) other basic mechanical functions or Manufacturer's
representative

Wednesday Description, demonstration and advice Part 1 - Safety in the workplace with Mechanical Engineer
on operation and maintenance of diesel mechanical equipment. or Manufacturer's
powered generators (classroom and field Part 2 - Site pipework and valves: representative
session) Description and methods of repair

Thursday Daily, weekly and monthly duties of Record keeping. Methods, need for Mechanical Engineer
Preventive Maintenance staff in records, use of records. Operation Maintenance
maintenance of mechanical equipment. Specialist

Friday Simulation of breakdown of pumping Question & answer session on course to Mechanical Engineer
station. Practical demonstration of date or additional tuition if required on Training Specialist
appropriate procedures. topics previously covered.
Trainee Assessment.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 23

WEEK NO. 3 OF FORMAL INSTRUCTION


Day Morning Instruction Period Afternoon Instruction Period Instructor Type

Monday Introduction to Electrical Installation Site tour of Control Panels installed under Electrical Engineer
detailing domestic and motive power the Contract, the operation and
installations. Description of Control maintenance of each control panel for
Panels installed. general plant operatives.

Tuesday Explanation and instruction on wiring Demonstration of the use and inter- Electrical Engineer
diagrams for each control panel installed changeability of control panel spare parts. Foreman Electrician
with question and answer session.

Wednesday Description, demonstration and Part 1 - Safety in the workplace with Electrical Engineer
instruction on the operation and Electrical Installations Foreman Electrician
maintenance of the on-site generated Part 2 - Maintenance of Industrial A.C. or Manufacturer's
power facility (classroom and field equipment representative
session)

Thursday Introduction to and description of Operation and maintenance of flow and Electrical Engineer
instrumentation and equipment installed. level instruments installed. Daily, weekly Foreman Instrument
and monthly duties Technician or Manufacturer's
representative

Friday Leave free for revision of any aspects of Question & answer session on course to As required
the course which may be required by date or additional tuition if required on
DJB staff (3 days notice will be given to topics previously covered.
allow provision of appropriate Instructor) Trainee Assessment.

1.28.8 Video Tapes of Instruction Sessions

The Contractor will include in his price for staff training for the engagement of a professional video
taping service to record the Contents of the Instruction Sessions, including field demonstrations of
plant operation and maintenance procedures. On completion of the formal instruction period, two sets
of Instruction video tapes, suitably edited, shall be given to the DJB. The tapes shall be properly
labelled as appropriate. The purpose of this exercise if to produce a training record to the DJB so that
they may:

- Re-train existing operatives in certain areas;


- Run in-house refresher courses;
- Train new operatives;

1.28.9 Operation of Installed Plant during the Period of Instruction

The Contractor shall include on his Contract Price for the cost of one full time operative and one full
time supervisor on site to operate the installed plant for the duration of the three week training period,
and for a further five weeks (Total 8 weeks), strictly for the purposes of operation and maintenance of
the plant and equipment installed.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 24

PARAGRAPH 2 - MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP - GENERAL

2.1 General Requirements for Materials

All materials, equipment and fittings for use in the Works shall unless otherwise permitted by the
Employer, be new and unused at the time of inclusion in the Works and shall be in accordance with
this Specification. All materials, equipment and fittings for use in the construction, completion and
maintenance of the Works shall be supplied by the Contractor. Except as may be modified hereafter,
all materials which form the subject of a Standard Code or Specification shall conform to the edition of
that Standard Code or Specification current at the date of signing the Contract.

All component parts of manufactured plant and equipment shall be new, unused, in current production
and shall comply with the latest relevant Standard. In the case of items already imported into the
country, the date of importation shall be no more than one year before the date of inclusion in the
Works. All component parts shall be manufactured to strict systems of limits and complete inter-
changeability of similar parts shall be achieved. Where there is no recognised International Standard
Specification the materials and workmanship used shall be entirely adequate for the purpose and
shall not be installed without the written approval of the Engineer. Uniformity and inter-changeability
of mechanical and electrical components and accessories which are common to different parts of the
Works shall also be achieved as far as practicable.

No materials to be incorporated in the Permanent Works shall have previously been used in the
Temporary Works unless otherwise specified or agreed by the Engineer in writing.

2.2 Published Standards

Wherever reference is made in the Contract to specific standards and codes to be met by the goods
and materials to be furnished, and work performed or tested, the provisions of the latest current
edition or revision of the relevant standards and codes in effect shall apply, unless otherwise
expressly stated in the Contract. Where such standards and codes are national or relate to a
particular country or region, other authoritative standards which ensure an equal or higher quality than
the standards and codes specified will be accepted subject to the Engineer's prior review and written
approval. Differences between the standards specified and the proposed alternative standards must
be fully described in writing by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer at least 28 days prior to
the date when the Contractor desires the Engineer's approval. In the event the Engineer determines
that such proposed deviations do not ensure equal or higher quality, the Contractor shall comply with
the standards specified in the documents.

2.3 Proprietary Products

Where a proprietary or brand name or the name of a supplier or manufacturer is indicated on the
Drawings or in the Specification this is in respect of items which are not otherwise adequately
described by recognised Standards. Alternative items based on recognised national Standard of the
country of origin will be accepted provided that documented proof in the English language is
submitted to the Engineer for his approval sufficiently in advance and showing that the alternative
proposed is of equal or higher quality and performance than the specified item.

2.4 Approval of Equivalent Materials

For any materials specified as equivalent to the required materials on the drawings or specification,
whenever the Contractor desires to use the equivalent material he shall submit his request in writing
to the Employer for approval in all cases. The Contractor shall use the equivalent materials only upon
receipt of the approval. Using the materials without approval shall not be allowed. If the substituted
material costs less than the specified materials the Contract Price shall be deducted at the amount

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 25

equal to the price difference. If the substituted material costs higher than the specified materials no
addition to Contract Price is allowed. If the quality of the substituted material is not lower than the
quality of the specified material, the substituted material shall be considered as equivalent. If testing is
required, the test shall be carried out by a reliable institute approved by the Employer. The Contractor
shall be responsible for arrangement and all expenses for the test.

2.5 Samples

In accordance with the provisions of Clause 36.1 of the Conditions of Contract, the Contractor shall as
directed by the Engineer supply samples of materials to be incorporated in the Works. The samples
required for approval shall be submitted by the Contractor in labelled boxes suitable for storage, and
in sufficient time for testing, due allowance being made for the fact that if samples are rejected, further
samples and testing will be required. Approved samples will be kept by the Engineer who will reject
any materials not corresponding in character and quality with the approved samples.

2.6 Purchase of Materials

At least thirty (30) days prior to purchase of each batch of material to be used in the Works the
Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with the manufacturer's specifications and recommendations of
the material he intends to use, including present full manufacturers address, for approval by the
Engineer.

Following approval by the Engineer, the Contractor may place orders and shall submit to the Engineer
triplicate copies of all orders placed.

2.7 Works Off-Site

The Contractor shall give adequate written notice to the Engineer of the preparation or manufacture at
a place not on the Site of any pre-constructed units or parts of units or materials to be used in the
Works. Such notice shall state the place and time of the preparation or manufacture, quarrying or
extraction and be given sufficiently in advance as to enable the Engineer to make arrangements
which he may deem necessary for its inspection at any stage of the work, and not only when the units
or parts are completed.

Works off Site shall not commence without the prior approval of the Engineer.

Any units or parts which are prepared or manufactured without such prior notice having been given to
the Engineer may be rejected if the Engineer considers that inspection was necessary during the
progress of the preparation or manufacture.

2.8 Certificates

All manufacturer's certificates of test, proof sheets, mill sheets etc., showing that the materials have
been tested in accordance with the requirements of the relevant Standard or other approved standard
or this Specification, shall be supplied in the English language by the Contractor to the Engineer free
of charge.

2.9 Transport and Storage, Care of Works

The Contractor shall be responsible for the storage and security of all material delivered to site and
installed and for all works executed until the Issue of the Certificate of Completion.

Each item of plant or batch of material shall be securely packed and adequately protected and

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 26

marked to avoid loss or damage in transit. All equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance
with the manufacturers recommendations.

Deliveries shall be kept to the minimum number possible and any items which are required to be built
in or laid under structures shall be delivered to site in ample time to avoid delays.

2.10 Design for Maintenance

The general mechanical and electrical design of the plant and particularly that of bearings, glands,
contacts and other wearing parts shall be governed by the need for long periods of operational
service without frequent maintenance and attention being necessary.

2.11 Means for Lifting

All items of plant shall be provided with adequate means for lifting, and heavy covers and other similar
components shall be drilled and tapped for lifting eyes. Parts having spigotted joints or otherwise
likely to be difficult to separate shall be drilled and tapped for starting screws unless other easy means
of separation are provided.

2.12 Suitability for Duty

Except as otherwise specified or approved, all the plant shall be rated for continuous service under
the most onerous duty conditions that may occur under normal circumstances and shall be effectively
protected against damage in the event of overloading arising from the incidence of abnormal working
conditions.

All materials and equipment shall as a minimum be suitable for continuous exposure to tropical
conditions including ambient temperatures up to 50C; relative humidity up to 95 %; and at altitudes
from sea level to 1200m.

Except as otherwise prescribed or approved, all apparatus and components thereof which comprise
the works shall be of tried and proved design and construction which experience has shown to be
entirely suitable for service according to the Contract.

2.13 Wearing Parts

Parts subject to wear shall be indelibly marked with their part number and maker's name and address
and be easily accessible. Provision shall be made for taking-up wear in bearings and other wearing
parts and for easy replacement if adjustment is not practicable. If during the Defects Notification
Period (Defects Liability Period) any parts show, in the opinion of the Engineer, signs of undue wear,
corrosion or erosion they shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense notwithstanding that they may
be working otherwise in a satisfactory manner.

2.14 Spare Parts

Spare parts shall be interchangeable with the corresponding parts of the plant and each shall bear a
corrosion proof label giving an adequate description for its rapid identification, including drawing
number, part number, and maker's name and address.

The Contractor shall provide updated pages of spare part manuals without charge for a period of one
year after commissioning and handing over the installation.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 27

2.15 Keys

The Contractor shall hand over all keys with permanent tags indicating the location of the matching
locks to the Employer upon the acceptance of the Works. However, before the acceptance of the
Works, all keys shall be in the custody of the Contractor. In no case shall the keys be duplicated. If
any key is lost the Contractor shall replace the new lock at no cost to the Employer.

2.16 Access and Safety Protection

The plant shall include such guards, hand-railing, access steelwork, walkways, etc, as may be
required to meet the current relevant regulations for the safety of personnel and of the plant, and to
afford adequate and safe access to all parts of it. All shall be of substantial design and construction.

2.17 Fixings

The plant shall be provided with all necessary supporting steelwork, holding-down bolts, cleats,
fixings, etc., whereby it shall be secured to the structures, the cost of them being included in the
prices of the items with which they are associated.

2.18 Special Tools

Any special tools required for adjustment and maintenance of plant shall be provided.

2.19 Resistance to Vermin

All plant and equipment supplied under Contract shall be suitably resistant to or protected against
termites and vermin. No organic materials shall be used and all seals, grommets, etc shall be made of
neoprene or alternative suitable material.

2.20 Identification Labels

Each item of plant and each sub-assembly for which spare parts may be required, shall have
attached to it a non-tarnishable metal or equal approved form of plate showing clearly the
manufacture's name, serial number and basic information as to rating, speed etc, in sufficient detail to
allow the component or assembly to be readily identified in correspondence and when ordering spare
parts. The foregoing information shall be secured by threaded screws and nuts or equal approved
method. Self tapping screws or soft threaded rivets will not be accepted.

Switchboards and control panels shall bear a title at the top and each component shall bear a smaller
circuit title. Components on the doors shall be grouped as far as possible and each group or single
component labelled to identify its purpose. Internal components and sub-components shall bear
labels to identify them relative to numbers or letters shown on their circuit diagrams. All terminals shall
be numbered with the terminal number or conductor ferrule number as appropriate to the wiring
system adopted so that wires may be correctly reconnected without reference to drawings.

Externals labels shall be engraved on white traffolyte or similar with black infill and shall be secured
by non-ferrous screws. Internal labels may be similar to external labels or may be painted and
varnished. Adhesive labels shall not be used.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 28

2.21 Resistance to Corrosion and Abrasion

Where corrosion or abrasion of materials may be expected from contact with water or sediment or
from any other cause, the Contractor shall supply suitably resistant materials. Any material showing
signs of corrosion, or pitting before the expiry of the Defects Notice Period shall be replaced by the
Contractor at his own expense with material to the Engineer's approval.

2.22 Welding

Subject to further requirements described hereafter in the Specifications the following requirements
apply to welding.

In all cases where welds are liable to be highly stressed the Contractor shall supply to the Engineer
before fabrication commences detailed drawings of all welds and weld preparations proposed. No
welding shall be carried out before the Engineer has signified, in writing, his approval of the details
proposed. No alteration shall be made to any previously approved detail of weld preparation without
the prior approval of the Engineer.

The Engineer shall be at liberty in any situation where there are highly stressed fusion welds to have
them examined and other mechanical and non-destructive tests, including X-Ray tests, if required to
be carried out.

All welded components shall be stress relieved prior to machining.

2.23 Noise and vibration

The Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to reduce noise and vibration to a minimum. All
rotating parts of the plant shall be statically and dynamically balanced so that they operate over all
specified conditions without undue vibration.

2.24 Installation

The Contractor shall provide all labour, supervision and tackle for receiving, unloading, storing and
erecting the plant on site.

The plant shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall be set
and fixed in position true and level using any necessary packing pieces.

All necessary templates for fixing the position of bolt holes etc shall be provided and the positioning,
fixing and securing of holding down bolts etc shall be done in such a way that they cannot move or be
affected in any way by the building-in operation.

Holes in concrete not exceeding 25mm (1 in) diameter, if not formed during construction shall be cut
as necessary by the Contractor with high speed rotational or impact drills in such a manner that the
surrounding material shall not be damaged. The positions of such holes shall be agreed with the
Engineer before cutting, however this does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for accurate
positioning of the holes.

Structural steelwork shall not be drilled for fixings unless specified or specifically approved by the
Engineer.

The works shall include removal of existing plant, modification to existing plinths and all breaking out
and reinstatement of building works, where necessary.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 29

2.25 Operation of Unsatisfactory Equipment

If the operation or use of the materials or equipment proves to be unsatisfactory to the Engineer, the
Employer shall have the right to operate and use such materials or equipment until they can be taken
out of service for correction by the Contractor of such latent defects, errors, or omissions and for
replacement in whole or in part, if correction is unsuccessful or not feasible.

2.26 Construction Equipment

Construction equipment and tools to be used in the Works, i.e., concrete mixer, concrete vibrators,
scaffolds etc., shall be in good and workable conditions. The Contractor shall provide such materials
and equipment in sufficient quantities and in timely manner.

2.27 Labour and Skilled Technicians

The Contractor shall provide sufficient number of labours and skilled technicians who are qualified
and have experience in each trade of work in order to have the Works completed on time. If the
Employer or its representative find that any employee of the Contractor is not qualified or behave
improperly, the Employer shall have the right to direct the Contractor to replace that employee. The
Contractor shall promptly make the replacement. Correction of work or time delay resulting from the
replacement shall not be used for causes of claim or extension of the contract.

2.28 Materials to be Furnished

Any materials shown or not shown on the drawings or specifications but necessary for construction of
the Work in accordance with a good engineering practice shall be furnished by the Contractor.

2.29 Protection of the Works

The Contractor shall ensure that items set up for building into the Works are not damaged or
displaced from their correct position and alignment.

Works and materials which may be adversely affected by rain, flood, heat, air-borne dust, humidity, or
other climatic conditions shall be carefully protected.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 30

PARAGRAPH 3 - PIPELINE AND SEWERAGE WORKS

3.1 General

Pipes, fittings and valves shall be of the diameter and class of material as specified or shown on the
Drawings and their joints shall be completely watertight. All pipes, valves and pipe fittings shall
conform to the relevant standards. The Contractor shall if required forward to the Engineer certificates
showing that the materials have been tested and comply with the requirements of this Specification
and the relevant Standard.

Where the Contractor wishes to use a type of pipe not manufactured in the minimum internal diameter
indicated in the Contract, he may substitute the next larger diameter manufactured subject to full
compliance with the design requirements, clearance and cover.

The Contractor shall not use pipes and fittings supplied by more than one manufacturer, for each
material specified, without approval in writing by the Engineer. The manufacture of pipes, pipe fittings
and accessories shall be open to inspection by the Engineer at the manufacturer's works

Pipes shall be ordered in the maximum lengths available to minimize the number of joints. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the supply of all materials in sufficient quantities and shall
immediately prior to placing any order, especially for imported goods, ascertain the required
quantities.

3.2 Materials

3.2.1 Vitrified Clay Pipes and Fittings

Vitrified clay pipes and fittings shall comply with the relevant provisions of BSEN295 or BS65.

Pipes and fittings for sewerage and drainage shall be Class 200 to BSEN295 for pipes DN200 to
DN350, and Class 120 for pipes DN400 and above. All pipes and fittings shall have spigot and socket
flexible joints.

Pipes for French Drains shall be unglazed perforated pipes to BS65.

3.2.2 Concrete Pipes and Fittings

Unreinforced and reinforced concrete pipes and fittings shall be of approved quality and in
accordance with BS5911, Parts 100 & 110 respectively. Pipes may be purchased from an approved
manufacturer or be constructed by the Contractor.

All pipes and fittings shall have gasket type flexible joint of spigot and socket type unless otherwise
specified or directed by the Engineer.

If the Contractor decides to manufacture the pipes himself then concrete and reinforcement for the
pipes shall comply fully with the relevant clauses in Section "Concrete Works". Concrete shall be
Grade C25 unless otherwise approved or directed by the Engineer.

Pipes shall be subject to rejection by reason of failure to meet any of the testing requirements. Pipe
sections will also be rejected if found to contain cracks, damaged ends and other defects due to faulty
manufacture, handling, transporting or placing. Notwithstanding the requirements and provisions of
BS5911, no cracked reinforced concrete pipe, whether previously proof-load tested or otherwise, shall
be incorporated into the Works. Similarly any reinforced concrete pipe found to have developed
cracks in the tensile zones further to installation in the Works, shall be deemed not to have complied
with the Specification.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 31

Concrete jacking pipes shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS5911, Part 120, and,
additionally, the Contractor shall ensure that the pipes can withstand the jacking loads to which they
will be subjected during installation, without cracking or spalling. The Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer a certificate stating the distributed jacking loads for which the pipe was designed and
confirming that the pipes are suitable for jacking.

3.2.3 Prestressed Concrete Pipes and Fittings

Prestressed concrete pipes and fittings shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS5178. Surface
finish shall be assessed in accordance with and shall comply with BS5911, Part 100.

Unless steam cured, no pipes or fittings shall leave the place of manufacture until they have been
allowed to cure and mature under suitable conditions for a total period of not less than twenty eight
(28) days.

3.2.4 Internal Coating of Concrete Pipes and Fittings

Where stated on the Drawings all concrete pipes and fittings shall have an internal protective coating.
This coating shall be Protection Epoxy Coal Tar 6500, or equal and approved.

Application shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The concrete surface
must be sound and all surface laitence shall be removed by wire brushing or sweep blast. Any blow
holes shall be filled with Protecton Epoxy Filler 6290.

The first coat shall be thinned with 10% Protecton Thinner 6950 and shall be brushed in to assist
penetration.

3.2.5 Asbestos-Cement Pipes and Fittings

Asbestos-cement pipes, joints and fittings for sewers shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS
3656. Asbestos-cement pressure pipes, joints and bends shall comply with the relevant provisions of
BS 486.

The type of joint to be used must be capable of taking up all loadings without any leakage. The type of
joint shall be specified or approved by the Engineer.

Asbestos-cement pipe and accessories shall not be coated. Cast iron joints and fittings shall be
coated with bituminous composition.

3.2.6 Ductile Iron Pipes and Fittings

Ductile iron pipes and fittings shall comply with BS 4772. Unless otherwise specified all joints will be
of the "push fit type" with spigot and socket which shall be sealed with continuous rubber ring gaskets
and feature a rotation capacity of at least 3. Gaskets shall be the sole elements depended on to
make the joints watertight.

All ductile iron pipes and fittings shall be coated both internally and externally. The external pipe
surfaces shall be zinc sprayed before coating. Both pipes and fittings shall be coated with bitumen to
BS 3416 type 1, Class A.

3.2.7 Steel Pipes and Fittings

Steel pipes shall be of the diameter and thickness as shown on the Drawings and shall comply with
BS3601. Steel pipes and fittings shall be coated both internally and externally with at least 2 layers of
bitumen to BS3416 type 1, Class A. Unless otherwise specified steel pipes shall be jointed by
mechanical flexible joints of the Viking Johnson type or equal approved, while joints to fittings,

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 32

structures, etc. shall be flanged with PN 16 flanges to BS4504.

Pipes for cutting shall be clearly identifiable. They shall be supplied rounded throughout their length,
and shall be used only as directed.

3.2.8 Unplasticized PVC Pipes and Fittings

Unplasticized PVC pipes and fittings for sewers shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS4660
or BS5481.

Unplasticized PVC pressure pipes and fittings shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS3505
and shall be of the class specified in the Contract.

Unless specified otherwise joints for pipes and fittings shall be flexible mechanical joints complying
with the requirements of BS 4346 Part 2.

3.2.9 Polyethylene Pipes and Fittings

Medium density polyethylene (MDPE) pipes for sewer or pumped sewer use shall be coloured black.
Pipes and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with United Kingdom Water
Industry Specifications WIs 4-32-03 and WIs 4-32-04. Any necessary joints shall be made by Butt
Fusion methods approved by the pipe manufacturer, unless detailed otherwise in the Contract.
Fittings shall be pupped as necessary to achieve adequate clamping lengths.

Medium density polyethylene (MDPE) pipes for water supply use up to nominal size 63 shall be
coloured blue and shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS6572.

3.2.10 Pipe Bedding Material

Granular bedding type 1 shall be broken stone or gravel, crushed brick or concrete, passing a 25mm
sieve and retained on a 5mm sieve, thoroughly mixed with free draining coarse sand in the ratio of
one part sand to two parts stone, gravel, brick or concrete.

Granular bedding type 2 shall be broken stone or gravel, crushed brick or concrete, passing a 10mm
sieve and retained on a 5mm sieve, thoroughly mixed with free draining coarse sand in the ratio of
one part sand to two parts stone, gravel, brick or concrete.

Alternatively, aggregates to BS882, Table 3, or other materials may be used, if in the opinion of the
Engineer they have suitable characteristics. Pipe bedding to concrete pipes shall contain no more
than 0.3% sulphate.

Selected fill shall comprise uniform readily compactable material free from roots, organic matter,
building rubbish, and excluding clay lumps retained on a 75mm sieve and stones retained on a 25mm
sieve.

3.2.11 Manhole Covers and Frames

Manhole covers and frames shall be of cast iron with a minimum square clear opening of 600mm x
600mm. Heavy duty covers shall be as Sewermaster NF12, or equal and approved. Medium duty
covers shall be as Sewermaster NF20, or equal and approved. Light duty covers shall not be used in
the Works. The Contractor shall ensure that guarantee rights are transferable to the Employer.

Individual covers and frames shall be kept together at all times. All cover and frame recesses shall be
greased immediately prior to insertion of the cover and upon completion of the Contract.

Lifting keys shall be provided at the rate of two keys for every ten covers provided in each class.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 33

3.2.12 Gullies, Gully Gratings and Frames

Pre-cast concrete gullies shall be un-reinforced and shall comply with the requirements of BS5911,
Part 2.

Glazed clayware gullies shall comply with the requirements of BSEN295.

Gully gratings and frames shall comply with the requirements of BS497, Part 1.

3.2.13 Manhole Step Irons

Manhole step irons shall be as NF210, or equal and approved. The Contractor shall ensure that
guarantee rights are transferable to the Employer.

3.2.14 Manhole Ladders

Manhole ladders shall be stainless steel ladders for vertical fixing, fabricated from grade 316/S31
steel complying with BS970, Part 1, or BS1449, Part 2. All ladders shall comply with the dimensional
provisions of BS4211, Class A. Any manual welding shall be by the inert gas tungsten arc process.
Filler rods and wires shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS2901, Part 2.

All ladders shall be fabricated to site measurements and manufacture shall not commence until site
measurements are confirmed by the Engineer.

3.2.15 Manhole Safety Chains

Manhole safety chains shall be 6mm stainless steel short link chain. The stainless steel shall be grade
316/S31, complying with BS970, Part 1. Chain links shall be welded and have an internal length not
exceeding 45mm, and an internal width of between 12 and 15mm. Welds shall be smoothly finished
all round. Chain length shall be as detailed on the Drawings with one end securely attached to a
12mm diameter stainless steel eyebolt and the other end attached to a suitable stainless steel hook
for attachment to a similar eyebolt. Any manual welding shall be by the inert gas tungsten arc
process. Filler rods and wires shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS2901, Part 2.

Each chain shall withstand a breaking force of 30kN and proof force of 15kN, when tested in
accordance with Clause 7.3 of BS4942, Part 2.

3.2.16 Manhole Grab Rails

Manhole grab rails shall be manufactured from 25mm diameter stainless steel bar. The stainless steel
shall be grade 316/S31, complying with BS970, Part 1. Any manual welding shall be by the inert gas
tungsten arc process. Filler rods and wires shall comply with the relevant provisions of BS2901, Part
2.

3.2.17 Marker and Indicator Posts

Marker and Indicator posts shall be of vibrated pre-cast concrete conforming to the dimensions and
patterns shown on the Drawings. The posts shall be provided with suitable holes for the attachment of
name plates. All holes shall be free of obstructions and accurately positioned.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 34

3.3 Excavation of Trenches for Pipelines and Cables

3.3.1 Excavation

The excavation of trenches for pipelines shall at any one time be limited to lengths previously
approved by the Engineer in writing. Except with the written approval of the Engineer, work on each
approved length shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer before work on any new length
is commenced. Before commencing, the alignment of the pipeline shall be pegged out and approved.

Trenches for pipelines and cables, unless specified otherwise, shall be restricted, up to a level
300mm above the crown of the pipe, to the maximum trench widths shown below. The Contractor
shall submit details of pipe trench widths above this level to the Engineer for approval if these widths
exceed the maximum specified below.

Nominal Pipe Diameter D (mm) Maximum Trench Width (mm)

Up to and including 600 D + 750

Over 600 up to and including 825 D + 825

Over 825 up to and including 1125 D + 1250

Over 1125 D + 1350

Filling and protection to pipes shall extend fully to the sides of the excavation. All sheeting and
supports shall be within the above stated widths. Should trench widths exceed those stated, the
Engineer shall be entitled to order such additional strengthening and protection to the pipes as may
be required because of the altered loading conditions and the Contractor, at his own cost, shall
comply with any order from the Engineer in this respect.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain an adequate support system for upholding the ground
actually encountered and the safety of adjacent structures, buildings, or utilities shall not be affected.

3.3.2 Support System

The support system to uphold the surrounding ground actually encountered shall include, inter alia,
but not by way of limitation, all normal methods of temporary support including bracing, use of
sheetpiling of steel, timber, concrete or such other materials as may be approved by the Engineer.

Where any excavation is carried out near or under any existing structure or work liable to be affected
by subsidence, the Contractor shall at his own expense prevent damage as a result of his work.

All support systems shall be properly maintained until the Permanent Work is sufficiently advanced to
permit it to be removed. The Contractor shall be responsible for any injury to the Works and for any
consequential damage caused by or arising out the removal of the support system and any advice,
permission or approval given by the Engineer relating to its removal shall not relieve the Contractor
from his responsibilities under the Contract.

No gaps or voids are permitted as a result of the removal of the support system. Gaps and voids shall
be properly filled to the satisfaction of the Engineer with an approved sand-cement soil or other
approved means. No separate payment or measurement for payment will be made for upholding the
ground. Upholding the ground encountered shall be considered as incidental to the excavation
operation and shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 35

3.3.3 Dewatering

The Contractor shall provide an adequate dewatering system to lower the existing ground water table
below the level of the trench bottom and to keep the trench dry until pipes are assembled and back
filled. If during the progress of the work the trench in part or in whole becomes flooded the Contractor
shall immediately stop all relevant work until the trench is dry.

The Contractor shall make good at his own cost all damages to the Temporary and Permanent Works
caused by the flooding. Claims from the Contractor in this respect for delays, damages and
consequential damages will be entertained by the Engineer or the Employer.

No separate payment or measurement for payment will be made for dewatering and dealing with
water to keep the trench in a safe and dry condition. Dewatering and dealing with water, shall be
considered as incidental to excavation, and shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional
costs.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 36

3.4 Pipelines

3.4.1 Installation

Installation of pipelines includes the supply, laying and jointing of pipes and fittings, construction of
beddings and foundations, manholes and other structures in the line, testing, backfilling of trenches,
surface restoration, disinfection and commissioning.

Installation of pipelines shall in principle follow the recommendations of BS 8010 "Code of Practice for
Pipelines".

All plant, operation and haulage required from source of supply or store to bring the pipes, valves,
etc., to their place of laying of fixing, including any unloading into temporary storage areas and any
subsequent reloading for haulage to the place of laying shall be included in the supply of pipes and
fittings.

Whenever the Contractor is not engaged in laying pipes, pipe ends shall be effectively stopped with
strong drumheads securely fixed to the pipes. The plugs may, with the Engineer's approval, be
provided with small holes for drainage purposes, but water from the trench shall not enter the pipe.

3.4.2 Foundation

Unless specified otherwise, pipelines shall be laid in trenches excavated in the ground. Unless
unsuitable soil is encountered, trenches shall be excavated to the specified depth below the barrel of
the pipe.

Granular bedding for pipes shall be placed by spreading and compacting granular bedding material
over the complete width of the pipe trench. Where pipes are jointed, bell holes of ample dimensions
shall be formed in the bedding to ensure that each pipe is uniformly supported throughout the length
of its barrel and to enable the joint to be made and inspected during testing. After pipelaying additional
material shall be placed and compacted by hand rammer in 150mm layers equally on each side of the
pipe.

Where pipes are laid on granular beds in ground with high groundwater level, puddled clay stanks
shall be constructed at 25m intervals at the mid point of an individual pipe. The stanks shall be 0.5m
long and shall be recessed 300mm into the sides and base of the trench, and shall extend by a
minimum of 150mm above the top level of the granular material.

Pipes shall be laid on setting blocks only where a concrete bed or cradle is used.

3.4.3 Handling of Pipes

The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe handling of all pipes, valves and pipe fittings. When
loading, unloading, or otherwise handling, the greatest care shall be taken to avoid shocks likely to
cause cracking, chipping or any other damage to pipes, valves or fittings or to their coatings.

All pipes and fittings too heavy to be carried by hand shall be loaded and off-loaded only by means of
a crane or any other approved lifting and handling device, with slings or hooks suitably padded. In this
case recesses shall be dug beneath the invert to permit the slings or ropes to be properly withdrawn.

Particular care shall be taken to ensure that sheeting and lining are intact before jointing pipes and
fittings. No pipes shall be rolled into place for lowering.

Before any piping is lowered into the trench, it shall be cleaned and examined for cracks, flaws etc.
whilst hanging in the sling, and to see that no earth or foreign matter is within the pipe barrel or
coupling. No protective cap, or disc or other appliance shall be removed permanently until the pipe or
fitting that it protects is about to be jointed.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 37

Suitable measures shall be taken to prevent flotation or other movement before the works are
complete.

3.4.4 Jointing and Cutting

All joints shall be flexible mechanical joints and comply with the relevant provisions of the appropriate
British Standard and shall be made to the manufacturer's recommendations and the Specifications
hereafter.

Flanged joints shall be properly aligned before any bolts are tightened. Gaskets for flanged joints shall
be of the inside-bolt-circle type. Jointing compounds shall not be used when making flanged joints
except that to facilitate the making of vertical joints gaskets may be secured temporarily to one flange
face by a minimum quantity of clear rubber solution. Bolt threads shall be treated with graphite paste
and the nuts shall be tightened evenly in diametrically opposed pairs. Nuts shall be secured against
loosening by vibration.

Rubber joint rings for water mains and drainage purposes shall be Types 1 and 2 respectively,
complying with the relevant provisions of BS 2494 and shall be obtained from the pipe manufacturer.
Joint lubricants for sliding joints and used for jointing water mains shall not impart to water taste,
colour, or any effect known to be injurious to health, and shall be resistant to bacterial growth and
leaching.

Unless specified otherwise joints having exposed mild steel components shall be cleaned and all
loose rust shall be removed. The internal lining in a gap which has been left for the joint to be made
shall be completed in accordance with the recommendations issued by the manufacturer unless
specified otherwise. The external protection shall comprise bitumen applied to a thickness of not less
than one millimetre onto the external surface of the joint, followed where appropriate by a spiral wrap
of heavy duty glass fibre tape bonded with hot bitumen.

For concrete pipes cut on the Site, yarn and mortar joints shall be made. In making the joints, the
spigot shall be entered into the socket of the last pipe laid until it bears on the back face of the socket,
and it shall be centred in the socket. Two turns of tarred yarn shall then be caulked into the back of
the socket with a proper caulking tool and a stiff non shrink cement mortar shall be pressed into the
joint to fill the socket completely and shall be bevelled off at 45 degrees from the outside edge of the
socket.

For closing lengths, it may be necessary to cut pipes of various materials. Pipes shall be cut by a
method which provides a clean square profile without splitting or fracturing the pipe wall, and which
causes minimum damage to any protective coating. Where necessary, the cut ends of pipes shall be
formed to the tapers and chamfers suitable for the type of joint to be used and any protective coatings
shall be made good.

Where ductile pipes larger than 450mm diameter are to be cut to form non-standard lengths, the
Contractor shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations in respect of ovality correction to
the cut spigot end.

Methods of cutting of asbestos cement pipes shall limit the dangers to health from asbestos dust and
particles and shall be approved by the Engineer. All offcuts, wipes etc., shall be disposed of by a
method approved by the Engineer.

3.4.5 Connections to Sewers

Where practicable all connections to sewers should be made at manholes or chambers.

All connections direct to a sewer line shall be made by means of saddles or oblique junction pieces.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 38

Pipe saddles to clay or concrete pipes shall be bedded in cement mortar and a mortar fillet formed to
give cover of at least 50mm to the base of the saddle.

Pipe saddles to asbestos cement pipes shall be fixed with an approved epoxy resin adhesive.

Pipe saddles to uPVC pipes shall be purpose made and shall either be a mechanical clip-on type or
shall be fixed with an approved solvent cement.

3.4.6 Curves and Bends

The pipes shall be laid in straight lines where possible. Curves of long radius shall be obtained by
deflection at the joints. The deflection of the joints for this purpose shall not be more than 50% of the
maximum deflection as specified by the pipe manufacturer for the relevant type of joint. Where a
required change of direction cannot be obtained by deflection of the joints , prefabricated bends shall
be used.

Concrete thrust blocks shall be provided where ordered by the Engineer, indicated on the Drawings
and at reducers, tee junctions, caps, etc. and curves or bends deflecting 11 degrees or more. The
type and size of thrust blocks shall be in accordance with the Drawings or as approved by the
Engineer. Concrete for thrust blocks shall be placed carefully against undisturbed earth or rock and
shall in no case give less than 150mm of cover to the pipe. Concrete shall be grade C25. When
casting thrust blocks, no couplings or joints shall be covered, and where timber shuttering has been
used such timber shall be removed before backfilling.

3.4.7 Protection

After excavation of the trench, placing and compacting the bedding, laying the pipe and concreting the
thrust blocks the pipe must be surrounded by fill or concrete.

The Contractor shall not cover up any pipe except uPVC pipe until it has been inspected, tested and
approved. uPVC may be covered to a depth of 150mm to reduce thermal movement if immediate
inspection and testing is not practicable.

Unless otherwise specified the pipe surround for concrete and uPVC pipes shall be covered with clay
or concrete tiles of at least 40mm thickness and compression strength of 5N/mm.

The trench above the so finished pipe surround shall be filled with fill and shall be compacted flush
with ground level.

Where indicated on the Drawings, ordered by the Engineer and where pipes are surfacing or having
less than the required ground cover of 750mm, pipes shall be surrounded by concrete grade C25.

Pipes to be surrounded by concrete shall be supported by precast concrete setting blocks not less
than 150mm deep covered with two layers of compressible packing of bitumen damp proof sheeting
complying with BS743. Concrete shall be placed on one side of the pipe and carefully worked under
the pipe without displacing the pipe. Then concrete shall be placed on both sides and on top of the
pipe in one operation. The concrete cover shall at least be 150mm to the barrel of the pipe.

Unless specified otherwise concrete shall not be reinforced and shall be interrupted over the full
section at intervals not exceeding 8 metres by compressible filler. The interruptions shall coincide with
the pipe joints.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 39

3.5 Manholes and Chambers

3.5.1 General

All manholes and chambers and the like shall be constructed from in-situ reinforced concrete or
precast concrete units as indicated on the Drawings.

Manholes and chambers shall be substantially watertight.

3.5.2 Pre-cast Concrete Units

Joints shall be made in such a manner that the jointing material fills the cavity. Any surplus material
extruded inside the chamber shall be trimmed off and joints pointed on completion.

The lowest chamber ring shall be bedded on and haunched with cement mortar. The remaining faces
of joints shall be liberally coated with cement mortar prior to being fixed in position. Lifting holes shall
be filled with cement mortar.

The cover slab shall be bedded on the topmost ring with cement mortar.

Where manholes are to have a concrete surround the concrete shall be grade C20 and the maximum
height of a single pour shall be 2m. Each construction joint shall break joint with that of the unit by a
minimum of 150mm.

3.5.3 Inverts and Benching

Inverts and benchings shall be formed of the materials described in the Contract. Where there is no
change in pipe diameter, the invert shall follow the gradient of the outgoing pipe. Where there is a
change in diameter the incoming and outgoing pipes shall be laid soffits level and the invert shall
slope evenly between the pipe inverts.

Benching shall slope towards the main channel at a slope of 1 in 12 to a point 50mm above the sewer
soffit and shall be vertical down to the pipe springings into the invert.

Inverts and benchings shall have a Smooth Finish.

3.5.4 Setting Covers and Frames

Frames shall be set to the required level on precast concrete cover frame seating rings. Frames shall
be set to level bedded on cement mortar and haunched over the side of the frames with concrete
grade C20.

3.5.5 Pipes into Structures

A joint shall be provided as close as practicable to the outside face of any structure into which a pipe
is built, compatible with satisfactory completion and structural movement of the joint. The pipes to be
built in shall not exceed 600mm in length and shall be built in monolithically with the manhole. The
pipe ends projecting beyond the manhole walls shall be encased in 150mm thick grade C20 concrete.

The length of the next pipe away from the structure, termed rocker pipe, shall be within the length
range 0.5m to 0.75m for pipes up to and including DN450, and within the range ** to 1.0m for pipes
above DN450 up to and including DN750.

A pipeline may be laid through a manhole or chamber and the pipe cut out to half diameter, if so
required, provided that flexible joints are present not more than 600mm from the inner face of the wall,
and adjacent pipes comply with the requirements of rocker pipes.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 40

3.6 Testing

3.6.1 General

As soon as pipes have been placed on their bedding and before backfilling they shall be tested for
leakage. Before any testing, the Contractor shall ensure that the pipeline is anchored adequately and
that thrusts from bends, branch outlets or from the pipeline ends are transmitted to solid ground or to
a suitable temporary anchorage. Open ends shall be stopped with plugs, caps or blank flanges
properly jointed. Testing against closed valves will not be permitted.

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least one clear working day beforehand of his intention to
test a section of pipeline.

3.6.2 Testing of Pressure Pipelines

Gauges for testing pressure pipelines shall either be of the conventional circular type, not less than
300mm in diameter, calibrated in metres head of water, or shall have a digital indicator capable of
reading increments of 0.1m head. Before any gauge is used the Contractor shall arrange for it to be
checked independently, and a dated certificate of its accuracy shall be provided.

Before testing, valves shall be checked and sealed, the sections of main filled with water and the air
released. After having been filled, pipelines shall be left under operating pressure for the period of not
less than 3 hours, so as to achieve conditions as stable as possible for testing.

The pressure shall then be raised until the test pressure being 125 % times the maximum working
pressure, as determined by the Engineer, is reached in the lowest part of the tested section, and the
pressure shall be maintained at this level, by pumping if necessary, for a period of one hour. The
pump shall then be disconnected, and no further water shall be permitted to enter the pipeline for a
further period of one hour. At the end of this period the original pressure shall be restored by pumping
and the loss measured by drawing off water from the pipeline until the pressure as at the end of test is
reached again.

The loss shall not exceed 2 litres per metre nominal bore per kilometre length per metre head
(calculated as the average head applied to the section) per 24 hours.

In addition to the tests on separate sections, the whole pipeline shall be tested on completion to the
same procedure as that outlined for individual sections.

3.6.3 Testing of Gravity Pipelines

For the purpose of this clause gravity pipelines are defined as pipelines which do not operate at an
pressure above atmospheric pressure.

Testing Gravity pipelines laid in open cut shall be tested after they are jointed but before any
concreting or backfilling is commenced, other than such as may be necessary for the structural
stability whilst under test. A further test shall be carried out after the backfilling is complete.

The pipelines shall be tested by means of a water test and by visual inspection, in lengths determined
by the course of construction, in accordance with a programme approved by the Engineer.

The test pressure for gravity pipelines shall be not less than 1.2 metres head of water above the pipe
soffit at the highest point and not greater than 6 metres above the lowest point of the section.

The pipeline shall be filled with water and a minimum period of two hours shall be allowed for
absorbtion, after which water shall be added from a measuring vessel at intervals of 10 minutes and

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 41

the quantity required to maintain the original water level noted. Unless otherwise specified the length
of pipeline shall be accepted if the quantity of water added over a 30 minute period is less than
0.5 litre per linear metre per metre of bore.

Not withstanding the satisfactory completion of the above test, if there is any discernable leakage of
water from any pipe or joint, the pipe shall be replaced and or the joint shall be re-made, as
appropriate , and the test repeated until the leakage is stopped.

Gravity pipelines and manholes shall be tested for infiltration after backfilling and removal of any
temporary drainage. All inlets to the system shall be effectively closed, and any residual flow shall be
deemed to be infiltration.

The pipeline, including manholes, shall be accepted as satisfactory if the infiltration in 30 minutes
does not exceed 0.5 litre per linear metre per metre of bore.

3.7 Restoration of Surfaces

3.7.1 Classification

The surfaces likely to be encountered, broken up and restored in the course of pipelaying are:-

- Concrete roads and paths


- Surface treated service roads
- Normal asphalt and bitumen macadam roads
- Heavy duty asphalt and bitumen macadam roads

3.7.2 Contractors Damage

If through the improper use of excavating machinery or plant, or through carelessness, or for any
other avoidable reason the Contractor excavates trenches to greater widths than those specified, or if
in the remaining parts of roads, tracks or footpaths, damage is done to surfaces by crawler tracks or
wheels of heavy machinery, the Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the complete restoration
of surfaces to the condition pertaining before the Contractor commenced his operations, or shall pay
to the appropriate authority the certified cost of such repairs.

3.7.3 Settlement during Temporary Restoration

The Contractor shall maintain a constant and careful vigilance over the temporary surfaces
constructed by him and shall be responsible for their appearance and repair during a three months
settlement period. As and when depressions occur in the temporary restoration these shall be
promptly filled by the Contractor to a level flush with the adjacent surface and adequately sealed.

3.7.4 Temporary Restoration

The filling of the trench shall be taken up to a depth of 450mm from the finished surface. From this
level to within 125mm of the surface the filling shall be approved gravel or crushed stone of the
following grading:

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 42

Sieve Size Percentage by weight


passing

75mm 100
37.5mm 85 - 100
10mm 45 - 100
5mm 25 - 85
600m 8 - 45
75m 0 - 10

The material shall be placed in layers not exceeding 200mm unconsolidated depth and shall be fully
compacted to form a stable backfill.

The top 125mm shall be road base material according to Specification. The surface shall be rolled
with a vibrating roller and brought proud of the surface by approximately 50mm depending on the
depth of the trench.

3.7.5 Permanent Restoration - Concrete Roads

Existing concrete slabs shall be broken back at least 150mm beyond the edges of the excavation and
their exposed faces shall be inclined between 10 and 30 degrees to the vertical. The limit of breaking
out shall be delineated by straight sawcuts not less than 25mm in depth. Where the slab is reinforced
the reinforcement shall be preserved so that it projects at least 150mm from the exposed face.

The permissible deviation of irregularities in the surface of the trench backfill shall be 15mm. The
level of backfill should be such that the new concrete slab is 50mm thicker than the existing. The
exposed edges of existing concrete shall be clean, free from all cracked or loose material, and shall
be painted with freshly made cement grout immediately before the new concrete slab is placed.

Where excavation interferes with a joint in an existing slab, it shall be reinstated, as found, including
any dowel bars, joint filler and sealing compound. Reinforcement which has been cut out shall be
replaced with new reinforcement of mass not less than that removed, accurately cut and wired to
existing reinforcement.

Concrete shall be Grade C25.

3.7.6 Permanent Restoration - Other Roads

Exposed edges of the existing carriageway shall be cut vertically to a uniform line consistent with the
width of the trench. The depth of cut shall be equal to the combined thickness of wearing course and
base course. The undisturbed road base should be exposed to a minimum width of 75mm.

The temporary reinstatement shall be removed to the level of the formation of the existing road and
the surface shall be well compacted. The sub-base, road base and subsequent courses shall be laid
and compacted in accordance with the provisions of the Specification. Care shall be taken that the
exposed edges of existing carriageways are treated with prime coats or tack coats, as appropriate,
before laying of road base and subsequent courses.

3.8 Disinfection

On completion of the hydraulic test on water mains, a foam swab shall be passed through the main
for final cleansing sufficient times to achieve clear wash water.

The mains shall then be filled with a chlorine solution of a strength sufficient for complete sterilization.
The chlorine solution shall remain in the system for 24 hours after which the system shall be flushed
till the out flowing water at all points has a chlorine content equal to that produced by the chlorination

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 43

equipment.

After 24 hours samples of water in the system shall be taken and tested by an approved laboratory for
compliance with the requirements of the Delhi Jal Board. If the results of such tests are not
satisfactory sterilization shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 44

PARAGRAPH 4 - CIVIL WORKS

4.1 Materials

4.1.1 Fill Material General

Fill material shall not contain brush, roots, organic or otherwise unsuitable materials. Fill material for
incorporation in the Works shall, subject to the provisions of these Specifications, be obtained from
excavation of the Permanent Works. As the work proceeds, the Engineer will continuously review the
suitability of materials available from excavations as determined from the data furnished by the
Contractor and such tests as the Engineer may deem necessary.

The Engineer shall determine the suitability and placing of the materials in various portions of the
work in accordance with the provisions specified herein. Such determination shall be based inter alia
but not by way of limitation on approved information such as adequate soil tests and test results
supplied by the Contractor. The Engineer will determine which tests shall be executed by the
Contractor to determine the suitability of material for fill and backfill of structures.

Unless otherwise specified or approved the material used for backfill and fill shall be excavated
material of particle size not exceeding 100mm. Not more than 15% by weight of such material shall
pass the 0.063mm sieve and not more than 3% by weight shall pass the 0.020mm sieve.

Backfill against the Permanent works shall be selected, and free from boulders, cobbles, rock
fragments and the like greater than 50mm nominal size, unless otherwise specified or approved.

4.1.2 Fill Material to be placed below Water

The Contractor shall use approved durable materials. Durable materials in principle acceptable to the
Engineer are: quarry run or quarry waste, rock, boulders, concrete or brick waste provided always
that the stability of the fill material warranted, the material offers sufficient resistance against currents
prevailing at the time of construction, has sufficient filter capacities to retain the fill material, would not
cause harmful damage to the geo-synthetics of the slope protection works to be constructed
subsequently and does not contain substances which may lead to contamination of surface and
ground water.

4.1.3 Steel Sheet Piles

Materials, type and size of sheet piles shall be in accordance with ASTM A 328-81 or as approved by
the Designer. Details and thicknesses of sheet piling shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Maximum
rolling margins shall be 4% above and 2.5% below the calculated masses.

Sheet piles shall have the following properties:


- Phosphorus and Sulphur not more than 0.04%.
- Copper not less than 0.25%.

Sheet piles shall meet the following specifications


- Tensile Strength not less than 40 kg/mm.
- Yield Point not less than 30 kg/mm.
- Elongation not less than 18%.

The Contractor shall submit a list of sheet pile suppliers including technical information of the sheet
pile, such as maximum tensile strength, yield point, chemical and physical composition, to the
Engineer for approval prior to ordering.

Prior to painting or coating, the Contractor shall clean the surface of sheet piles by sand blasting or
other method approved by the Engineer. After cleaning it shall be coated with 3 coats of coal tar

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 45

epoxy. Each succeeding coating shall be applied after the preceding coat has been fully dried.
Thickness of each coat shall not be less than 0.1 millimetre.

4.1.4 Cement

Unless otherwise specified the cement used in the Works shall be ordinary Portland cement (OPC)
complying with BS12 at the time of use. For the purpose of BS12, the Site shall be deemed to have a
tropical climate. Where specified or ordered, sulphate resisting cement (SRC) shall comply with
BS4027, and the provisions for samples, tests and test certificates specified above for Portland
cement shall apply for sulphate resisting cement.

The use of rapid hardening cement will not be permitted.

All cement shall be obtained from an approved manufacturer and shall be delivered to the Site in
sealed and branded bags or drums of the manufacturer. Each consignment of cement shall be
accompanied by a manufacturer's test certificate showing that the cement offered has been tested
and analyzed, including the date and the results of such tests and analyses and that the cement
conforms in all respects with the relevant standards.

4.1.5 Aggregates for Concrete

4.1.5.1 General Requirements

Aggregates (fine and coarse) shall comply with BS882 and shall be mechanically graded and
washed if necessary to produce a dense concrete free from voids and workable without excess
of water.

Coarse aggregates shall be of a maximum size suitable for the particular member consistent
with workability and the spacing of the reinforcement and as specified. This will not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility to obtain the strengths specified.

As soon as possible after the Contract is let the Contractor shall obtain representative samples
of sufficient quantities of aggregates which he proposes to use for the various grades of
concrete and shall arrange for their testing in accordance with BS812. Should any of the
samples not pass the tests the material represented shall not be used in the Works but other
material shall be chosen and samples tested until satisfactory results are obtained. The
Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that sufficient material corresponding to the satisfactory
and approved samples will be available for the construction of the Works.

Representative samples of every consignment of all aggregates delivered to Site shall be tested
for sieve analysis, field settling tests and estimation of organic impurities in accordance with
BS812.

4.1.5.2 Potential Aggregate - Cement Reactivity

If so directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall carry out petrographic analyses in
accordance with ASTM C33 and C295 on all aggregates proposed for use. Arising from such
analyses the Engineer may require the Contractor to perform further tests in accordance with
ASTM C289 and BRE Digest _ 35; also in accordance with ASTM C227 and C586 if the
Engineer so decides after his examination of the results of the preceding tests.

In the event that tests in accordance with ASTM C227 are called for, the cement used in the
test shall have an alkali content (expressed as sodium oxide + 0.658 potassium oxide) greater
than 0.8% by weight and the mortar bars shall have an aggregate/cement ratio by weight of
2.25:1.0. Depending on the results obtained the Engineer may decide to limit the alkali content
(Na2O and K2O) of the cement to 0.6%.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 46

4.1.5.3 Fine Aggregate

Fine aggregate shall either comprise natural quartz sand or shall be obtained by crushing clean
granite or shall consist of natural sand obtained from fresh water river deposits or a combination
thereof.

Fine aggregate shall comply with Grading Zone 2 or 3 of BS882, or such other grading as may
be approved by the Engineer. The total quantity of fine dust passing through a 200 mesh sieve
in fine aggregate derived by crushing rock shall be determined by the method described in BS
812, and shall not exceed 8% by weight.

4.1.5.4 Coarse Aggregate

Coarse aggregate shall comprise natural gravel or natural crushed rock obtained by crushing
sound hard rock taken, from a source approved by the Engineer, complying with BS882, with
the grading in accordance with Table 1.

The flakiness index when determined by the method described in BS812 shall not exceed 30%.
The individual pieces shall be roughly cubical or spherical in shape and have neither glassy or
powdery surfaces. The aggregate crushing value of the coarse aggregate shall not exceed 45%
when determined by the method described in BS812.

4.1.6 Water

Water used in the Works shall be clean, fresh, potable water free from all deleterious matter, silt,
organic matter, alkali, slate and other impurities. It shall comply with BS 3148. It shall be from a
source approved by the Engineer. If available, a drinking water supply shall be used.

If required by the Engineer, the water shall be tested in comparison with distilled water. Comparison
shall be made by means of standard cement test for soundness, time of setting and mortar strength.
Any indication of unsoundness, change in time of setting of plus or minus 30 minutes or more, a
decrease of more than 10% in strength from results obtained with mixtures containing distilled water
shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the water being tested.

4.1.7 Reinforcement Steel

Mild steel reinforcing bars shall comply with BS4449 (Mild Steel Bars) and have a minimum yield
stress of 250 N/mm.

High tensile, high bond steel reinforcement bars shall comply with BS4461 or approved equal and
have a minimum yield stress of 425/460 N/mm.

Steel fabric reinforcement shall comply with BS4483 and shall be plain wire welded mesh fabric of
hard drawn wire complying with BS4482 or cold worked steel bars complying with BS4461. Records
of manufacturer's tests in compliance with Clauses 12, 14 and 15 of BS4483 shall be available for
inspection by the Engineer.

All reinforcement shall be obtained from a manufacturer approved by the Engineer. The Contractor
shall have samples of the steel tested as specified by the Engineer by a testing authority nominated
by the Engineer to prove that the quality is in accordance with the specifications. The costs of such
tests will be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer a manufacturer's
test certificate in respect of each batch of reinforcement delivered to Site together with the delivery
note giving details of such consignment.

Reinforcement steel shall be delivered firmly tied in bundles and shall not be bent. On the outside of
all bundles shall be indicated, the manufacturer and the quality, the date of delivery at the Site and the
length, diameters and number of bars.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 47

4.1.8 Tying Wire

Tying wire for steel reinforcement shall be 1.6mm diameter finally annealed mild steel wire complying
with BS1052.

4.1.9 Cover Blocks and Spacers for Reinforcement

Cover blocks and spacers shall be of rust proof materials, as small as possible consistent with their
purpose and of a shape approved by the Engineer.

Concrete cover blocks shall be produced to the same specification as the structural concrete
excepting that they shall be produced using a maximum 10mm aggregate size.

4.1.10 Geo-synthetics and Accessories

4.1.10.1 General

All geo-synthetics shall be manufactured by and obtained from reputable manufacturers. The
manufacturer shall have ample experience in the fabrication of the type of geo-synthetic
specified. The manufacturer shall be certified to ISO 9001 or equivalent approved.

Before ordering any quantity of geo-synthetic, the Contractor shall submit samples and test
reports from an approved independent testing laboratory.

Each 25m of geo-synthetic shall be duly marked by the manufacturer showing: manufacturer's
name, type of geo-synthetic and manufacturing date. No geo-synthetics shall be used in the
Works which were manufactured more then one year prior to arrival on Site. The Contractor
shall order the geo-synthetics in quantities not exceeding the quantity that is likely to be placed
in the Works.

4.1.10.2 Characteristics of Geo-synthetics

Type 1 - The geo-synthetic shall be a woven polypropylene fabric, and comply with the
following specifications:

- Tensile strength to ISO 5081 shall not be less than 40 kN/m warp, 40 kN/m weft.
- The permittivity to NEN 5167 shall not be less than 0.1 (s-1)
- Pore size O90 to NEN 15168 (dry sieving) shall be <300 micron
- Weight to ISO 3801 not less than 350 g/m
- Retain at least 80% of the minimum strip tensile strength after 500 hours exposure to
UV radiation to ASTM G26-92.
- The life-time expectancy of the yarn (thermo-oxidation) shall correspond to yarn type b
of NEN 5132.
- The geo-synthetic shall be manufactured in a minimum width of 5m.

Type 2 - The geo-synthetic type 2 shall be a non-woven needle punched fabric made from
polypropylene continuous filament and comply with the following specifications:

- Mass to DIN 53854 shall not be less than 700 g/m


- Tensile strength to DIN 53857/2 shall not be less than 1000 N/5cm
- CBR-Test to DIN 54307 shall not be less than 2800 N.
- The permittivity to NEN 5167 shall not be less than 0.1 (s-1)
- Pore size 090 to NEN 15168 (dry sieving) shall be <300 micron
- Retain at least 80% of the minimum strip tensile strength after 500 hours exposure to
UV radiation to ASTM G26-92.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 48

Type 3 (only used as earth-retaining layer at the back of retaining walls) - The geo-synthetic
type 3 shall be a non-woven needle punched fabric made from polypropylene continuous
filament and comply with the following specifications:

- Mass to DIN 53854 shall not be less than 300 g/m


- Tensile strength to DIN 53857/2 shall not be less than 500 N/5cm
- The permittivity to NEN 5167 shall not be less than 0.1 (s-1)

4.1.11 Stone

Stone shall be the best of its kind and shall consist of angular pieces of hard, sound, durable rock free
from flaws and soft, weathered or decomposed parts. The rock pieces shall be of approved sizes and
free from fissures or visible joints which could lead to breakage during loading, unloading and use.

The average bulk specific gravity shall be at least 2600 kg/m.

The average stone weight of any grade of rock specified by a lower and upper limit weight shall not be
less than the average of these limits. Not more than 2% of the stones of an arbitrarily chosen load
shall have a weight lower than the lower limit as specified.

The weighted average loss of material in the Sodium Sulphate Soundness test shall not be more than
10% by weight as per ASTM C88. The percentage of wear as determined by the Los Angeles Test
shall not be more than 40 as per ASTM C535. Water absorbtion of rock material shall be maximum
6%.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer samples of the stone he proposes to use. If so required
by the Engineer, he shall arrange for testing of stone to show compliance with these specifications.
The Engineers approval shall be obtained before any order is placed or any stone quarried.

4.1.12 Concrete Blocks/Bricks for Slope Protection Works

Concrete blocks and bricks shall be of standard size , hard, sound, square and clean. They shall
conform to BS6073 and have a strength of 10 N/mm at 28 days age, and such blocks/bricks shall not
be laid until 28 days old.

The Contractor shall submit samples of blocks/bricks to the Engineer for approval and arrange
strength tests required by the Engineer to be executed by a testing authority proposed by the
Contractor and approved by the Engineer.

4.1.13 Clay

Clay suitable for lining material shall be obtained from sources approved by the Engineer and shall
conform with the following :

- Atterberg Limits : - Liquid Limit : 0 - 60%


- Plasticity Index : 10 - 30%
- Linear Shrinkage : 0 - 10%

- The permeability coefficient (k) of the material at maximum clay density as determined
by the Proctor compaction test (standard test) shall be a minimum 10-6cm/s as
determined in the laboratory to a method approved by the Engineer.

4.1.14 Geotextile Filter Fabric

The material shall have resistance to chemical attack and experience no significant change to its
physical, chemical or engineering properties under the influence of sulphates, chlorides, acids and
alkalis in the forms and concentrations in which they are present in soils and ground-water to be

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 49

found in-place. The material shall have proven resistance against bacterial or other microbiological
attack and shall perform according to its specifications at working temperatures between 5 and 45C.
Temporary exposure during construction to temperatures up to 60C shall not permanently impair the
material.

Filter fabric shall be supplied in rolls of at least 5m wide and shall unless specified otherwise be
lapped in both directions at 0.5m wide. Roll lengths of the fabric shall be such as to lay complete in
one operation without jointing, each of the various sloping and horizontal lengths.

The water permeability of the fabric shall be greater than that of the soil it is protecting while the mesh
size shall be smaller than the sieve size passed by less than 10% of the soil particles. The tensile
strength of the fabric shall be at least 2kN/5cm for both warp and weft. The weight of the fabric shall
be at least 240 g/m.

The Contractor shall demonstrate before use that the proposed material meets the Specification.
Samples and laboratory test results shall be submitted for approval to the Engineer.

4.1.15 Sand and Gravel for Underdrain Filters

Filter material shall consist of sand, gravel or crushed stone from approved sources. The material
shall comply with the appropriate grading tabulated below and the size of the particles shall be
carefully controlled so that foundation material is not washed through the sandfilter, or the sandfilter
through the gravelfilter.

Sieve Size % material passing

(mm) Sand Filter Gravel Filter

20 -- 85 - 100

10 -- 50 - 85

2.3 85 - 100 15 - 50

0.6 50 - 85 0 - 15

0.15 15 - 50 --

0.075 0 - 15 --

The filter material shall further comply with the following requirements :

D15 of filter material


= 5 - 40
D15 of foundation material

D15 of filter material


= 5 or less
D85 of foundation material

4.1.16 Gabions

Gabions consist of wire netting baskets filled with stones on a prepared foundation and shall be in
conformity with the dimensions shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

Gabions baskets shall consist of wire netting, triple twisted, to form a hexagonal mesh of size 80 x
100mm, the longer dimension being measured along the principal axis. Box gabions are to have wire
frames securely tied to the netting at the edges of the box. Gabions longer than 1.0m are to be
divided equally by mesh diaphragms into cells the length of which shall not exceed one metre.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 50

All wire shall comply with the relevant sections of BS1052 and shall be galvanised in accordance with
BS443. The minimum sizes of wire shall be: - Mesh - 2.7mm diameter
- Frame - 3.9mm diameter
- Binding - 2.2mm diameter

The stone shall be of a size between 100 and 200mm and shall conform to the Specifications
requirements.

4.1.17 Structural Mild Steel

4.1.17.1 Steel

Unless otherwise specified all structural mild steel parts shall be manufactured from steel
conforming to BS4360, Grade 43 A, or equivalent. The ultimate tensile stress shall not be less
than 360N/mm and the yield stress shall not be less than 235N/mm.

4.1.17.2 Sections

Steel sections can be cold formed, hot rolled or welded from steel plate. Steel sections shall
conform to the dimensional tolerances as described in BS4 for hot rolled sections. Steel
sections with a depth or width less than 300mm or any thickness less than 8mm shall not be
fabricated by welding.

4.1.18 Nuts, Bolts and Welding Electrodes

Unless specified otherwise, nuts and bolts shall have hexagonal heads, iso metric threads, shall
comply with BS4190 and shall be of Grade 4.6. High strength friction grip bolts shall be of grade 8.8 or
10.9 and shall comply with BS4395.

All bolts, nuts, washers shall be galvanised. Where bolting is incompatible with the material being
fixed, suitable isolating washers and sleeves shall be used.

All anchor bolts to be cast in concrete shall be not less than M16. Bolts for structural steelwork shall
be not less than M12.

Bolt lengths shall be sufficient to ensure that nuts are full-threaded when tightened in their final
position.

Welding electrodes for arc welding of grades of structural steel to BS4360, shall be low hydrogen type
and shall comply with the requirements of BS639.

4.1.19 Steel Water Storage Tanks

Sectional pressed steel tanks for both potable and untreated water storage shall be as manufactured
by Braithwaite and Co. Structural Ltd. or similar and shall comply with either BS1564 or the American
Water Works Association (AWWA) Standard D100-73.

4.1.20 Glass Reinforced Plastic Water Storage Tanks

Sectional GRP tanks shall be constructed of panels manufactured by the Hot Press Moulding System
with a sheet mould compound suitable for potable water. The panels shall consist of unsaturated
polyester resin in accordance with BS3532 and shall have a minimum content of 30 % non-alkali
glassfibre conforming with BS3417 or if appropriate BS3396 or BS3749. The water absorption of the
finished panel shall not exceed 0.2%. The panels shall be insulated with 50mm thick rigid
polyurethane foam to give a coefficient of overall thermal transmission of not more than 1kcal/m h C.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 51

All material used for sealing shall be non-toxic synthetic rubber or plastic certified suitable for use with
potable water. All fixing bolts, nuts and washers shall be stainless steel grade A2-70 to BS6105.
Internal bracing or tie rods shall be stainless steel. External reinforcement where required may be
galvanised steel of structural quality.

4.1.21 Aggregates for Roads and Pavement Structures

The aggregate for pavements shall be crushed stone or crushed gravel. Before ordering or borrowing
any materials, the Contractor shall have samples of his proposed materials tested as specified or as
directed by the Engineer, by a testing authority nominated by the Engineer.

4.1.22 Road Base Course

Road base material shall be obtained from approved borrow pits of natural occurring gravel. The
percentage composition by weight of base aggregate shall conform, unless otherwise specified to the
following gradation:

Sieve Percentage passing

40mm 100
6mm 35 - 60
1mm 10 - 35
No. 200 5 - 15

The material shall also fulfil the following requirements:

Liquid limit: 20% Plasticity index : 8%


Soaked CBR: value not less than 80%

The composite material shall be free from vegetable matter, lumps and other objectionable and
deleterious materials or substances. Before the material is placed on the sub-grade it shall contain the
amount of moisture equal to or slightly below the optimum necessary to ensure that the design
density requirements are obtained when materials are compacted. The amount of moisture required
shall be approved by the Engineer.

4.1.23 Asphaltic Surface Treatment

Asphaltic material for binding course shall be rapid curing cut-back liquid asphalt, grade RC 2 (RC-
250), conforming to the requirements of AASHTO M.81. Asphaltic material shall be handled and
stored in such a manner that the risks of fire and other hazards are eliminated.

4.1.24 Aggregates for Asphaltic Surface Treatment

Aggregates shall consist of clean, crushed stone or crushed gravel of uniform quality, free from dust,
clay, dirt and other deleterious matter and from excess of flat or laminated pieces. Aggregates shall
have an affinity for bitumen such that when coated with bitumen, it shall pass a stripping test
performed in accordance with AASHTO Test Method T.182.

The aggregate shall have a percentage of wear not exceeding 40 when tested in accordance with
AASHTO Test Method T.92 and, when subjected to five alternations of the sodium sulphate test for
soundness, AASHTO Test Method T.104, it shall have a weight loss not greater than 12%.

If satisfactory tests and service records of the aggregate are not available, the Engineer may direct
that other tests shall be carried out to determine its acceptability for surface treatment.

When crushed gravel is used, not less than 80% by weight of the particles retained on a No. 4 sieve
shall have at least one fractured face.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 52

The grading of the aggregates shall fall within the limits specified in the following table:

Application 19.1 mm 12.7 mm 9.5 mm 4.76 mm 2.39 mm 1.19 mm

First course Nominal size 0.5" (13


mm) 100 90-100 0-40 0-8 0-2 0

Second course Nominal size 0.25"


(6.5 mm) 100 100 100 70-90 0-15 0-13

4.1.25 Bituminous Prime Coat

Asphaltic material shall consist of medium curing liquid asphalt grade MCO (MC30) conforming to the
requirements of AASHTO M.82.

4.1.26 Bituminous Tack Coat

Asphaltic material shall consist of rapid curing liquid asphalt grade RC 2 (RC 250) conforming to the
requirements of AASHTO M.81.

4.1.27 Asphaltic Concrete

4.1.27.1 Asphaltic Material

Asphaltic material shall be asphalt cement penetration grade 60-70 pen. conforming to the
requirements of AASHTO M.20.

Asphaltic material shall be stored and handled in such a manner that the risks of fire and other
hazards are eliminated. Sufficient storage shall be provided to contain at least 7 days supply of
asphalt to meet the programmed rate of production of asphaltic material.

4.1.27.2 Mineral Aggregates

Mineral aggregates for asphaltic concrete shall consist of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate and
filler material, if required.

4.1.27.3 Coarse Aggregate

Coarse aggregate shall be the material retained on an AASHTO No. 4 sieve and shall consist of
hard, tough clean, mechanically crushed rock or gravel, free from decomposed stone, organic
matter, shale, clay and any other substances which, in the opinion of the Engineer, may be
deleterious to the mixture. The coarse aggregate shall contain less than 10% of flat, elongated,
flaky pieces and shall have an affinity for bitumen such that when coated with bitumen it shall
pass a stripping test prepared in accordance with AASHTO Test T.182. Coarse aggregate shall
have a percentage of wear of not more than 40 at 500 revolutions determined by AASHTO Test
Method T.96 and when subjected to 5 alternations of the sodium sulphate soundness test,
AASHTO Test Method T.104 shall have a weight loss not greater than 12%. The amount of
crushing of stone or gravel shall be regulated so that at least 80% by weight of the material
retained on AASHTO No. 4 sieve shall consist of pieces with at least one mechanically
fractured face.

4.1.27.4 Fine Aggregate

Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand, stone screenings or a combination of both, fine
aggregate shall be clean and free from any substances which, in the opinion of the Engineer,
may be deleterious to the mixture.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 53

4.1.27.5 Filler

When the combined grading of the coarse and fine aggregates is deficient in material passing
the AASHTO No. 200 sieve, mineral filler shall be added as required. The filler shall consist of
finely divided mineral matter such as rock dust, slag dust, hydrated lime, or hydraulic cement. At
the time of use it shall be sufficiently dry to flow freely and be free from agglomerations. Filler
shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M.17, including the following gradation.

Sieve size % passing (by weight)

0.60 mm(No. 30) 100


0.30 mm(No. 50) 95-100
0.15 mm(No. 100) 90-100
0.07 mm(No. 200) 70-100

4.1.27.6 Combined Mineral Aggregate

The mineral aggregate then combined in the proportions required by the job-mix-formula shall
have a sand equivalent value of not less than 50 as determined by AASHTO Test Method
T.176.

The combined mineral aggregate shall conform to the gradings shown in the following table:

Sieve Size Binder course Wearing course

25 mm (1/1") 100 100


19 mm (3/4") 75-100 100
12.7 mm (1/1") -- 80
9.51 mm (3/8") 45-70 70-90
4.76 mm (No. 4) 30-50 50-70
2.38 mm (No. 8) 20-35 35-50
0.60 mm (No. 30) 5-20 18-29
0.30 mm (No. 50) 3-12 13-23
0.15 mm (No. 100) 2-8 8-16
0.075 mm(No. 200) 1-4 1-10

The grading limits specified are based on materials of uniform specific gravity for the individual
sizes. The gradings may be varied by the Engineer as necessary on the basis of the Marshall
Test to obtain optimum stability and life of the completed Bituminous Binder Course or
Bituminous Wearing Course.

4.1.28 Concrete Tile Pavement

For the concrete tile pavement precast concrete paving tiles shall be used with sizes of 300 x 300 x
50mm and 300 x 150 x 50mm the latter size being for closer tiles. The tiles shall have sharp arises,
provided that the edges of the top face shall have 5 x 5mm chamfers. The tiles shall be perfectly
shaped, flat square and true to the specified dimensions with a tolerance of plus or minus 2mm. The
tiles shall be cast with their top face down.

The tiles shall not be coloured and shall all have the same uniform shade. The tiles shall not be
cracked or chipped or in any other way damaged or have any other defects.

The Modulus of Rupture of the tiles as determined in accordance with AASHTO Designation: T177-64
and with a span length of 200mm, shall be not less than 6N/mm provided that the tiles are tested 28
calendar days after their casting and immediately after having been soaked in water at room
temperature for 48 hours.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 54

4.1.29 Reflectorised Paint for Road Markings

Paint shall be reflectorised traffic paint or compound suitable for paved surfaces conforming to the
requirements of AASHTO Designation M-248-14. Glass beads shall conform to the requirements of
AASHTO Designation M-247-74 or a standard of approved type or a mixture of white pigment
lacquer, resin and white sand in suitable proportion to give approved paint may be used. Powdered
glass may be mixed with the paint as directed by the Engineer. The paint shall be supplied fresh and
ready for use in sealed containers which shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions. Unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, the paint shall be applied without the use of
thinners or other additions.

4.2 Earthworks

4.2.1 Notice to be Given before Commencing Earthworks

The Contractor shall give to the Engineer at least seven days written notice of his intention to
commence earthworks on any part of the Site so as to enable the Engineer to be furnished with all
ground levels and other particulars he may require for the purpose of measurement. The earthworks
shall not be commenced until written approval has been received by the Contractor from the
Engineer.

4.2.2 Earthworks to Lines and Levels

The whole of the earthworks for the several parts of the Works shall be carried out to the dimensions
and levels shown on the Drawings, or to such other dimensions and levels as may be ordered by the
Engineer. Dimensions which are based on, or relate to, ground levels or chainages shall be referred
to the Engineer before commencing earthworks at any location.

For the purpose of the Specification the term ground level shall refer to the ground surface before the
start of earthwork operations, but after the general clearance of the Site in accordance with the
Specification.

4.2.3 Clearing

Clearing shall consist of clearing and grubbing including the disposal of materials, of all areas within
the limits designated on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Such clearing and grubbing
shall be to the approval of the Engineer. Actual clearing and grubbing operations shall not start unless
relevant pre-excavation surveys are completed.

In areas designated to be cleared and grubbed the surface of the ground shall be cleared of all trees,
stumps, down timber, logs, brush, under growth, heavy growth of grass or weeds, fences, minor
structures, debris, and rubbish of any nature, natural obstruction or such materials which in the
opinion of the Engineer are unsuitable for the foundation of embankments or other required structures
including the grubbing of stumps roots and matted roots.

All unsuitable materials shall become property of the Contractor and shall be satisfactory disposed of
as approved by the Engineer.

At the locations of future embankments and foundations of structures roots shall be removed to a
depth not less than 0.5m below finished ground level. Holes resulting from clearing shall be filled with
acceptable materials, moistened and properly compacted and conforming with the Specification.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 55

4.2.4 Demolition and Dismantling

The Contractor shall demolish, dismantle and/or remove any miscellaneous existing structures,
buildings or parts thereof which occupy or obstruct the Permanent Works, all as shown on the
Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer. Unsuitable materials from demolishing and dismantling
remain the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a manner and at a location to the
approval of the Engineer.

Where partial demolition of structures is required the Contractor shall take the utmost care not to
damage any part of the structure which is to remain in place. If any such damage may occur the
Contractor shall repair and make good the damage at his own expense.

Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer holes or openings shall be backfilled with acceptable
materials compacted and conforming with Clauses 0 and 0.

4.2.5 Stripping of Topsoil

Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, this item shall consist of stripping the soil at the top of the
original surface over a full depth of 150mm.

Stripping shall be carried out, if deemed necessary by the Engineer, in the immediate areas to be
occupied by the Works, including areas of excavation where material from excavation may be used in
fill, areas to be occupied by Temporary Works, or any other areas as directed by the Engineer.
Stripped topsoil shall be dumped in approved dump areas.

Topsoil for reuse for covering of fill embankments, slopes of cuts, drains and the like shall be
excavated and kept aside in approved dumping areas. In order to preserve the natural moisture
content and general characteristics of materials which are to form foundations or are to be used as fill
materials, stripping shall be carefully scheduled so that materials are not exposed to the extent that
they may deteriorate prior to the relevant excavation or replacement of fill or structures. Such
deteriorated areas must be restored, following the directions of the Engineer at the Contractor's
expense.

Should the Engineer require the Contractor to perform stripping in excess of the required full depth of
150mm, then such excess stripping shall be measured for payment and be paid for as excavation.

4.2.6 Relocation of Utilities

The Contractor shall take at his own expense, any steps necessary to protect and safeguard any
drains, pipes, cables and similar services encountered, already installed or to be installed, for the
duration of the Contract in order to keep them in good working condition.

Information as may be given in the Contract in relation to the present condition and character of the
existing structures, roadways, embankments and the like and in relation to the dimensions of various
parts of the existing structures, the position, extent and particulars of drains, pipes, cables and the
like, is given without guarantee of accuracy and neither the Employer nor the Engineer will be liable
for any discrepancy therein.

It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to liaise, coordinate, follow up and obtain all information
available from the Utility Authorities, regarding the positions and/or relocation of mains and services,
and he shall make this information available to the Engineer's Representative as soon as he obtains
it.

All locating work shall be carried out four weeks in advance of execution of the work. The Contractor
shall obtain all information and assistance available from the Utility Authorities for locating the mains
and services, and shall agree with the Engineer's Representative any trial excavations which may be
necessary to confirm or establish these locations. All costs for executing trial holes shall be deemed

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 56

to be included in the Contractor's rates for excavation.

The absence of such information shall not relieve the Contractor of this liability for the cost of any
repair work necessitated by damage caused by him to such mains and services in the course of his
work and for the cost of all losses arising from their disruption.

Any temporary or permanent diversion and/or relocation of mains and services will only be permitted
after agreement with the appropriate Utility Authority and the approval of the Engineer.

4.2.7 Excavation General

Excavation shall consist of excavating, removing and satisfactory disposing of any material,
regardless of the material encountered, for the several parts of the works.The Contractor's method of
excavation shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.

All materials from excavation remain the property of the Employer.

For the purpose of these Specifications, excavation is distinguished between:

- Earth Excavation
- Rock Excavation

In order to assess the quantities of rock excavation to be paid for the Contractor will inform the
Engineer about his intentions to execute any rock excavation and the Contractor will not execute
these excavations without the approval of the Engineer. Prior to any rock excavation the Contractor
will determine the level of the existing rock surface and this shall be agreed with the Engineer.

Any excavation of material complying with the definition of rock excavation but excavated without the
approval of the Engineer will be regarded as earth excavation and no claims of the Contractor on this
matter will be accepted by the Engineer and all relevant clauses on earth excavation will become valid
for this excavation.

If the Contractor intends to use explosives, he shall submit his proposals in writing to the Engineer for
approval. The Engineer may in his absolute discretion refuse approval if in his opinion the use of
explosives is not warranted or the proposed methods are not to his satisfaction.

Unless otherwise specified or directed suitable material from excavation shall be used for fill, backfill
of structures, road embankment or other parts of the Works. Surplus material and material
determined unsuitable by the Engineer shall be disposed of if so required by the Engineer, in spoil-
dumps designated by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. No material shall be disposed of
in spoil-dumps or otherwise, unless approved by the Engineer. Shortage of material caused by any
unauthorised disposal of suitable material shall be made good at the Contractor's expense.

Unless otherwise directed material suitable for fill which at the time of excavation can not be placed in
its final position in the Permanent Works shall be stockpiled for later reuse. No measurement for
payment nor payment will be made separately or directly for any stockpiling and subsequent re-
excavation and rehandling of stockpiled material.

If areas of excavation are not accessible for earthmoving equipment due to limited working space,
traffic or any other reason, excavation shall be carried out manually.

4.2.8 Extent of Excavations

The extent of excavations shall be the minimum practicable in the opinion of the Engineer for the
construction of the Permanent Works or to the dimensions and levels shown on the Drawings, or to
such other dimensions and levels as may be ordered by the Engineer.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 57

During the progress of the work it may be found necessary to vary the slopes or the dimensions of the
excavations from those shown on the Drawings. The Engineer reserves the right to make any
modifications of the slopes or the dimensions of the excavation. The Contractor shall not be entitled to
any additional payment or allowance above the relevant Contract unit prices for the excavation by
reason of such changes.

4.2.9 Slips, Falls and Excess Excavation

The Contractor shall within the limits of the Contract be responsible for the stability of the excavations
at all time, the Contractor shall be responsible for any injuries to the Works, or other consequential
damages caused by or arising out of falls, slips, over excavations, erosion caused by wind or water or
other injurious events.

The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that any section of open excavation will permit safe
excavation without the use of supports, or shall, at his own expense, provide temporary supports,
permitting excavation to be carried out safely.

The Contractor shall take all possible precautions to prevent slips in excavations and to protect and
support parts of Works which may be endangered.

The Contractor shall regularly inspect excavations and shall perform at his own expense all types of
remedial work throughout the time of duration of the Contract caused by whatever injurious event, and
to ensure that all excavated surfaces are maintained in a stable and safe condition.

Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer over-excavation performed by the Contractor for whatever
reason or purpose will not be measured for payment, nor paid for.

Any excess excavation, overbreak or slip beyond the limits of the specified excavation shall be
remedied and made good at the Contractor's expense with such material and in such a manner as
the Engineer may direct. When such voids, in the opinion of the Engineer, may affect the stability of
the ground for the support of the work, or of the adjacent structures and services, the Contractor shall
fill the void solid with concrete grade C15.

4.2.10 Support System

The support system to uphold the surrounding ground actually encountered shall include inter alia but
not by way of limitation all normal methods of temporary support including bracing, use of sheetpiling
of steel, concrete or such other materials as may be approved by the Engineer.

Where any excavation is carried out near or under any existing structure or work liable to be affected
by subsidence, the Contractor shall at his own expense prevent damage due to his work.

All support systems shall be properly maintained until the Permanent Work is sufficiently advanced to
permit it to be removed.

The Contractor shall be responsible for any injury to the Works and for any consequential damage
caused by or arising out the removal of the support system and any advice, permission or approval
given by the Engineer relating to its removal shall not relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities
under the Contract.

No gaps or voids are permitted as a result of the removal of the support system. Gaps and voids shall
be properly filled to the satisfaction of the Engineer with an approved sand-cement soil or other
approved means. No separate payment or measurement for payment will be made for upholding the
ground. Upholding the ground encountered shall be considered as incidental to the excavation
operation and shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 58

4.2.11 Dewatering

The Contractor shall provide an adequate dewatering system to lower the existing ground water table
below the level of the expected formation and to keep the excavation dry until the Permanent Works
are constructed and back filled.

If during the progress of the work the excavation in part or in whole becomes flooded the Contractor
shall immediately stop all relevant work until the excavation is dry.

The Contractor shall make good at his own cost all damages to the Temporary and Permanent Works
caused by the flooding. Claims from the Contractor in this respect for decays, damages and
consequential damages will be entertained by the Engineer or the Employer.

Dewatering and dealing with water, shall be considered as incidental to excavation, and shall be
performed by the Contractor at no additional costs.

4.2.12 Excavations to be Kept Dry

Unless otherwise approved, and such approval will only be given in exceptional circumstances, the
Contractor shall keep the excavations for structures and pipelines free of water from whatever source,
so that the Works shall be constructed in dry conditions.

The destination and method of disposal of water from the excavations shall be subject to the approval
of the Engineer.

4.2.13 Excavation of Berms and Slopes

The work under this item includes excavation to the true lines and grades as shown on the Drawings
of berms and slopes, including trimming, haul and disposal of unsuitable material, all according to the
Specifications.

Excavated surfaces shall be neatly trimmed to a smooth and regular surface. Excavated rock
surfaces shall be finished to the best practicable finish which in the opinion of the Engineer can be
obtained by skilled use of the equipment approved for the use of rock excavation.

Over excavation shall be made good in accordance with the Specification and shall be fully at the
Contractors expense. Over excavation shall not be measured for payment nor paid for.

4.2.14 Excavation of Drains

The Contractor shall excavate drains in straight lines and in smooth curves to the radii and
dimensions shown on the Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

Side slopes and bottom of drains shall be constructed and neatly trimmed equal to the best
practicable finish which in the opinion of the Engineer can be obtained by the skilled use of the
earthmoving equipment approved for use in the excavation of the Works.

4.2.15 Excavation of Roads

The work under this item includes excavation of roads and tracks to the dimensions shown on the
Drawings including trimming and grading and all hauling of materials.

The Contractor shall take due care that the excavated surface will be well drained and has the proper
transverse slopes as indicated on the Drawings.

The Contractor shall excavate in such a manner that during and after excavation proper drainage of
the road and track is safeguarded at all times and that drainage from higher slopes along the road

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 59

and track will not deteriorate the excavated surfaces.

The Contractor shall finish the excavated surface to a smooth and regular surface and special care
shall be taken to establish the transverse slopes in accordance with the Drawings.

Over excavation shall be made good by the Contractor at his own expense and shall comply in all
respects with the Specifications. Over excavation shall not be measured for payment nor paid for.

4.2.16 Excavation for Structures

Excavation for structures includes removal and disposal of material, for all structural excavation.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability of excavated slopes at all times. Haulage shall not
be measured for payment nor paid for.

The bottom and side slopes of excavation in soil against which concrete is to be placed shall be
excavated accurately by hand to the elevations, dimensions, grades and slopes as shown on the
Drawings. Foundation of structures shall be prepared in accordance with the Specification. Excess
excavation shall be backfilled to the required levels with concrete grade C15, at the expense of the
Contractor.

Should the surface of excavations at foundation level become deteriorated through any cause
whatsoever, then the Contractor shall further excavate all material which has in the opinion of the
Engineer become unsuitable and he shall replace it at his own expense with such material and in
such manner as the Engineer shall direct.

In cases where excavation for structures constitutes rock excavation, the Contractor shall after
approval of the Engineer extend the excavation to 250mm beyond the depth of footings and
foundation as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall then backfill the extended excavation
to the required foundation levels with concrete grade C15. Extended excavation in rock and
subsequently backfilling shall be measured for payment and paid for only when the extended
excavation has been approved by the Engineer prior to the execution, and be measured and paid for
in accordance with the specifications for rock excavation and backfill for structures respectively.

4.2.17 Tolerances for Excavation

Unless otherwise specified hereinafter or elsewhere no point on the surface of the complete
earthwork shall be more than +50mm and less than -50mm in distance from the designated surface.
Within the above tolerances the surface shall have a smooth regular face. All to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

Bed levels of drains shall not be higher, (tolerance 0), or more than 200mm lower than the correct
level.

4.2.18 Preparation of Formation

The work under this clause shall consist of preparing the foundation which is to receive compacted
earthfill roads or structures or which requires preparation for other purposes as directed by the
Engineer.
All foundations shall be free of loose material, remoulded debris or other deleterious material, all to
the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any foundation area shall be well graded for proper drainage and
said grading shall be maintained at all times.
Foundations, except where limited by structures, which are to receive fill or structures shall be
scarified and loosened by means of a disc harrow or plough or other approved methods to a depth of
no more than 200mm unless such loosening is not needed in the opinion of the Engineer. Scarifying
shall be done approximately parallel to the centre line of the fill.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 60

If any unsound material occurs in the bottom of any excavation, the Contractor shall remove it on the
Engineer's instruction and dispose of it to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified
or ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall fill the voids so formed with concrete grade C15 or
with suitable granular material to the approval of the Engineer. After removal of all unsuitable material,
the entire foundation area shall be graded, moisture conditioned and thoroughly compacted to 95% of
the standard maximum dry density as determined by the compaction control test as BS1377.
The Engineer may direct at his discretion that unsuitable material for foundation shall be removed and
replaced with suitable material of the same quality as the overlaying fill and treated as compacted fill.
No payments will be made for removal and fill not previously approved or instructed by the Engineer.
Where new embankments are to be placed on natural slopes or embankment slopes, benches shall
be graded during the construction as directed by the Engineer on Site.
If a foundation, which is to receive concrete structures is loosened or disturbed, it shall be compacted
to 95% of the standard maximum dry density as determined by the compaction control test as
BS1377.
The period between completion of preparation of foundation and the construction of the overlaying
works shall be kept as short as practicably possible.
Embankments or structures placed on earth foundations not previously approved by the Engineer, will
be removed and the foundation shall be prepared in the manner described in this Clause, at the
expense of the Contractor.

4.3 Piling

4.3.1 General

Fabrication, welding, jointing, handling and driving of piles shall be in accordance with the relevant
provisions of "Specification for Piling", published by the Institution of Civil Engineers, United Kingdom.

Piling operations shall be strictly confined to the permitted working hours and periods. Ground
vibrations and noise levels shall not exceed specified limits and the Contractor shall be responsible
for taking measurements at the specified frequencies to confirm compliance.

At least three weeks before commencing piling operations the Contractor shall submit his proposals in
writing for the Engineer's approval. The proposals shall include details of the type of plant to be used,
the methods of installation and extraction, the sequence of operations and monitoring, and the
working periods.

4.3.2 Steel Sheet Piling

Sheet piles shall be driven at the locations indicated on the drawings.

The Contractor shall submit information on pile driving equipment, driving operation and operation
sequence to the Engineer for approval prior to starting driving operation.

Adjacent piles shall be interlocked by built-in slots.

4.3.3 Concrete Piling

Concrete piles shall be reinforced concrete piles or prestressed concrete piles conforming to the
requirements specified in the Particular Specification. If no requirement is specified, the concrete piles
shall be in accordance with the Specification.

Driving operations for each pile shall be carried out continuously until it reaches the required depth. If
there is any problem causing interruption of the operation, the Contractor shall expedite remedial
action and resume the operation as directed by the Engineer. For driving a long pile, the Contractor
shall maintain a record of blow count for every pile and submit pile schedule, piling plan and pile
driving record to the Engineer every day that pile driving operation has been carried out. If the pile

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 61

loading capacity calculated by Hiley's Formula is less than that specified (using Factor of Safety = 3)
the Contractor shall proceed on the work as directed by the Engineer.

If the Particular Specification requires Pile Loading Test, the location of the test pile shall be as
indicated by the Engineer. The method of test shall be as specified in the Specification, or if not
specified, the test shall be in accordance with ASTM Standard Method for 1 test and ASTM Modified
Method for 1 test. The Contractor shall submit detailed of test procedure to the Engineer for approval.
The Contractor shall provide 1 engineer who shall supervise the test at all time. All test equipment
shall be certified for their accuracy. The hydraulic jack used for the test shall be furnished with a
calibration chart issued by an approved agency or institution. The calibration chart shall not be issued
before more than 6 months the date of test. After the test the Contractor shall submit the test report to
the Engineer not less than 5 copies.

In general concrete piles shall be furnished in one length. Where necessary shorter piles may be
allowed. Piles shall be connected by welding only. The Contractor shall submit detailed drawings for
pile connection to the Engineer for prior approval.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 62

4.4 Backfill and Fill

4.4.1 Fill Material General

No fill material shall be placed in any of the Permanent Works until its foundation has been prepared
as specified. Fill materials shall be handled, placed, spread and compacted in such a manner as to
avoid segregation of the fill and to obtain a stable, homogeneous compacted structure. When
organising his work, the Contractor shall take due account of the climatological conditions which may
be expected in the area. Should placed material become unacceptable by any cause, the Contractor
shall remove such material or shall process it until all specifications are met. Such work shall be
performed at no additional cost to the Employer.

4.4.2 Fill Material under Structures

Where fill is specified below structures and building floors, the material shall consist of durable gravel,
broken stone, crushed concrete or sand with a particle size not exceeding 100mm. The grading of the
material shall be such that there is no migration of fines into the fill. Fill material under structures shall
further comply with all requirements of the Specification.

4.4.3 Placing and Compaction of Fill and Backfill

The works to be carried out under this clause shall comprise the supply of all labour, materials and
plant and of all works necessary for receiving, handling, processing, placing, spreading, compacting,
wetting, trimming and quality control of fill material for compacted fill as shown on the Drawings or as
directed by the Engineer and in accordance with the Specifications.

Fill shall be spread by machine in successive horizontal layers of not more than 200mm loose depth.
Longitudinal or transverse joints in any two successive layers shall be staggered by a minimum
distance of 3 metres.

Operations on earthwork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained
because of rain, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. The Contractor shall drag, blade, or
slope embankments to provide proper surface drainage.

The material in the layers shall be of the proper moisture content before rolling to obtain the
prescribed compaction. Wetting or drying of the material and manipulation when necessary to secure
a uniform moisture content throughout the layer may be required. The water content of all cohesive
fill, shall be uniform throughout each lift of material prior to and during compaction. The Contractor
shall control the water content of such fills between 2 percentage points below and 2 percentage
points above the laboratory optimum water content as determined by the compaction test specified in
BS1377.

The Contractor shall take such precautions as may be necessary in the opinion of the Engineer to
protect exposed faces against deterioration.

Samples of all materials for testing, both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken at
frequent intervals. From these tests, corrections, adjustments, modifications of methods, materials
and moisture content will be made.

Compaction operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted to not less than 95%
of the standard maximum dry density, at optimum moisture content as determined by the compaction
control tests as BS1377.

The Contractor shall compact the fill using approved compacting equipment. Such equipment shall
include pneumatic rubber tyred rollers, tamping rollers and other approved compacting equipment.
Side slopes shall be trimmed equal to the best practicable finish in the opinion of the Engineer, and
may be obtained by the skilled use of earthmoving equipment approved for use in the embankment

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 63

construction works.

Where excavations have been supported and the supports are to be removed, these, where
practicable, shall be withdrawn progressively as backfilling proceeds in such a matter as to minimise
the danger of collapse, and all voids formed behind the supports shall be carefully filled and
compacted. Only if this is not possible the supports should be cut off and left in the ground. Cut off
level shall be approved by the Engineer.

No fill materials shall be placed or compacted adjacent to concrete less than seven days after the
placing of the concrete, without the written permission of the Engineer.

4.4.4 Fill placed below Water

The fill material shall be placed to the positions and slopes indicated on the Drawings or as directed
by the Engineer and in accordance with the method and sequence approved by the Engineer.

If quarry run or quarry waste is used it shall be placed to ensure that the larger rock pieces are evenly
distributed and the smaller rock pieces serve to fill the spaces between the larger rock pieces.

Subject to the approval of the Engineer, materials may be dumped and tipped to the natural slope of
the material and left untrimmed and un-compacted provided that the fill is built up to the dimensions
shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer with material specified for the layer next
overlying the fill.

Material eroded by wave or current action or any other cause shall be made good before placing the
layer overlying the containment bund.

4.4.5 Embankments

4.4.5.1 General

Embankments shall be constructed to the width, lines, levels, shape and cross-section as
indicated on the Drawing and Specifications. During construction, the Contractor shall provide a
diversion channel, to drain water at all times. If any embankment which has been inspected and
approved subsequently suffers erosion or other water damage, the Engineer reserves the right
to order the removal, replacement, reworking and compaction of such embankment.

The finished embankment shall be compacted to a dry density not less than 95% of the
maximum dry density as determined by STANDARD AASHTO laboratory test method.

4.4.5.2 Excavation

Excavation shall be carried out only within the limits of the specified area unless otherwise
approved by the Engineer. After excavation has been completed to the required depth and the
base material obtained does not conform to the required standard or is unsuitable for
embankment construction, the excavation area may be extended and any over excavation
made up with suitable materials.

4.4.5.3 Embankment Placing

Starting layers shall be placed in the deepest portion of the excavation. As placement
progresses, layers shall be placed approximately parallel to the finished embankment grade line
over the full width of the embankment.

Embankment materials shall be placed in successive layers to the full width of the area and in
such lengths as are suited to the compaction and watering methods appropriate to bring the
moisture content sufficiently close to the optimum moisture content as determined from

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 64

laboratory tests. The thickness of each layer shall be not more than 150mm (measured after
compaction) and each successive layer shall be compacted to the required density.

4.4.6 Tolerances for Fill

Unless otherwise specified hereinafter no point on the surface of the completed embankments shall
be more than 50mm above the design level as shown on the Drawings and more than 50mm below
this design level. Within these tolerances the surface shall have a smooth regular face all to the
approval of the Engineer.

4.4.7 Control Testing of Fill

Control testing shall be carried out by members of the Contractor's staff competent to perform the
required tests. Additional testing may be carried out at the discretion of the Engineer.

The Engineer may attend the tests and shall have access to all the test records and shall have the
right to scrutinize and/or direct test methods and calculations. Test records shall be submitted in time
to enable an adequate quality control and suitability investigation of fill sources.

Test results and calculations shall be made on standard forms approved by the Engineer. Records
shall be submitted in duplicate including, where applicable, field test position in plan and elevation.
Control tests may involve some or all of the following tests carried out to specified standards and
using approved suitable equipment.

Test No. Test Standard

1 Moisture content BS1377 Test 1


2 Specific gravity BS1377 Test 6
3 Standard compaction BS1377 Test 11/ USBR Designation E11
4 In-situ density by sand replacementBS1377 Test 14
5 Permeability tests USBR Designation E13
6 Atterberg limits USBR Designation E7
7 Gradation Analysis USBR Designation E6
8 Bearing Ratio

For tests of density and moisture content of compacted fill, two adjustment measurements shall be
made and the result at that location shall be taken as the average of the two computed dry densities
and the average of the two moisture contents.

As many control tests shall be carried out as necessary to establish procedures and to suit the
variability of fill material, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The rate of testing shall be determined by
the Engineer.

4.4.8 Allowance for Settlement

The Contractor shall make due allowance for consolidation and settlement of fill and compacted fill
such that the levels and dimensions of the finished surfaces at the end of the Contract are within the
tolerances specified.

4.4.9 Works at Borrow Pits

If suitable fill material is not available from excavation the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to
supply suitable fill material from borrow. The Contractor shall prepare and submit in detail for the
approval of the Engineer his proposal for the use of borrow pits and shall give notice to the Engineer
in writing at least one month before the proposed data of starting earthworks at the site of such
borrow pit.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 65

The Contractor shall be responsible for locating and obtaining borrow areas and the necessary areas
required for access roads, according to the relevant rules and regulations. Identification of the location
of possible borrow areas shall be carried out sufficiently in advance of any excavation work to enable
timely and proper soil investigations. The number and nature of soil and laboratory investigations shall
be as decided by the Engineer and shall be carried out at the expense of the Contractor.

No payment will be made to the Contractor for selecting and obtaining borrow areas.

Borrow areas shall be cleared and grubbed and stripped as specified or directed by the Engineer in
order to remove all surface unsuitable materials before excavation. The clearing and grubbing and the
stripping operations shall conform with the specifications but shall not be measured for payment, nor
paid for.

The way in which the Contractor works the borrow areas shall be to the approval of the Engineer. The
Contractor shall at his own expense construct and maintain access roads to the borrow areas. On
completion of borrow operations, the borrow area shall be finished to a neat and uniform grade
acceptable to the Engineer. Slopes shall be stable and uniformly finished. If required, drainage
ditches shall be excavated to prevent stagnant water. If requested by the Engineer the Contractor
shall refill the borrow area with spoil material or unsuitable earth material from dry or wet excavation
as directed by the Engineer without any additional payment.

All suitable material from borrow shall be used for fill immediately after transport to the location where
it will be used in the permanent works. Should excavated fill material from borrow become unsuitable
by any cause then the Contractor shall remove and replace it to the full satisfaction of the Engineer.
Any such removal and replacement will be at the expense of the Contractor and no additional
payments will be made for this.

4.4.10 Disposal of Surplus Material

The Contractor shall transport and dispose of all excavated material not required for the Works. The
locations proposed by the Contractor for disposing or storing excavated material, whether temporarily
or permanently, shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Deposits of surplus suitable material
and unsuitable materials are referred to as "spoil-dumps". The Contractor shall compact, trim and
drain spoil dumps as may be necessary to maintain them in a sightly and stable condition and to such
levels and slopes as the Engineer shall direct.

Placing material in spoildumps shall be such that it will not contaminate or otherwise render less
efficient usable lands or interfere with natural drainage or access. Where required by the Engineer,
drains shall be constructed to prevent the undesirable accumulation of water in or around spoil
dumps.

4.4.11 Stockpiling

Temporary deposits of the suitable material which is not required for immediate use are referred to as
"stockpiles". The Contractor shall compact, trim and drain stockpiles as may be necessary to maintain
them in a sightly and stable condition and to such levels and slopes as the Engineer shall direct.

Stockpiled material shall if necessary be covered and sealed on the surface in wet periods to prevent
washing out of the fines or other deterioration of material to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Should
any stockpiled material become unsuitable for use as fill for any reason it shall be wasted at the
Contractor's expense and replaced by material from approved borrow at the Contractors expense.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 66

4.4.12 Cleaning of Drains

The work under this item comprises cleaning earth, concrete and blockwork drains, and includes
culvert barrels, from all stones, earth, domestic waste and other materials in order to assure proper
functioning of the drain. The Engineer shall direct which drains will be cleaned. Cleaning shall
proceed until the drain's original cross section is restored. All removed material shall be dumped at
approved sites.

4.5 Slope and Bottom Protection Works

4.5.1 General

Slope and bottom protection of embankments, ponds, channels, rivers and other waterways against
erosion and scour shall consist of one or more layers of stones, bricks, concrete blocks or clay layers
on a fabric filter, on a sand and gravel filter or set in cement mortar.

The following types of protection shall be distinguished: - Stone Pitching


- Rip Rap
- Gabions
- Clay Lining

4.5.2 Mortar

Mortar shall consist of cement and sand mixed in the proportion 1:3 by volume. No lime shall be
added to the mortar. Water shall be added to just make the mix workable.

Sand and water shall comply with the requirements of Clauses 0 and 0.

4.5.3 Stone Pitching

Stone pitching consists of one layer of stones embedded in mortar and set in a 20mm mortar bed
which is either directly based on a prepared foundation or which is placed on a compacted sand bed
or filter cloth. The stone pitching shall be provided with noses and kerbs along the edges. Concrete
kerbs shall be used to lock up the bottom of sloping stone pitching.

For the purpose of the Specifications the following nomenclature is used :

- Medium Stone Pitching Protection 150mm thick


- Heavy Stone Pitching Protection 300mm thick

Stone pitching protection shall be placed where indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the
Engineer.

Before placing, the foundation which is to receive the protection shall be trimmed to true grade, and
completed to the approval of the Engineer. Excavation and trimming shall be carried out manually if
necessary to ascertain good workmanship. The Contractor shall not start any stone pitching before
the foundation formations have been approved by the Engineer. Connections with existing work shall
be carried out as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

All stone pitching shall be carried out in the dry. After acceptance of the foundation and immediately
before the start of the stone protection a layer of sand with a compacted thickness of 100mm shall be
placed and thoroughly compacted. All earthworks are to comply with the requirements of the
Specification.

Unless otherwise specified, the stone pitching shall be provided with one 40mm weephole for each m
of protection. uPVC pipes shall be incorporated perpendicular to the stone pitched surface. A two

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 67

layer granular filter or an undamaged piece of geo-textile fabric 400mm square shall be laid under
each weephole.

Wetted stone shall be set by hand on a 20mm layer of fresh mortar spread directly over the above
mentioned sand layer. Timber profile boards shall be erected for all vertical movement joints up the
slope. The profile boards shall extend the full depth of the pitching protection. All stones shall be
properly cleaned and moistened with water from three to four hours before they are used by a method
which will ensure that every stone is thoroughly and uniformly wetted. Stone shall not be placed
during rains. Joints between the stones shall nowhere be larger than 50mm. Into the mortar of wide
joints chips may be worked with the same quality as the stone pitching. All joints between stones shall
be filled with mortar making sure that all voids and spaces are filled flush with the finished surface.
The finished surface shall not depart more than 50mm from the true surface while the thickness of the
stone pitching shall nowhere be less than the nominal thickness.

Vertical movement joints shall be incorporated at 5m centres on all slopes. Joints shall continue in the
floor as directed by the Engineer. All movement joints shall comply with the Specifications. Under the
joint a layer of 0.5m wide geo-textile filter fabric shall be incorporated.

All stone pitching shall be cured properly. Special shall be taken to ensure that curing water on
sloping faces will not erode fresh mortar.

4.5.4 Rip Rap

The works under this Clause shall consist of furnishing and delivery of natural stone of specified
quality at Site and placing the same at locations and dimensions as specified on the Drawings or as
instructed by the Engineer.

The minimum individual weight of the stones shall be 5 kg and the average size shall be 150mm.

As far as possible the works under this item shall be carried out in the dry. Rip-rap shall be
immediately constructed following the completion and approval of the embankment, canal bed, or
structure involved, unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. The stone shall be carefully placed,
preferably by hand, to avoid loss of material of material or damage of the foundation or filter (granular
or geo-textile). Upon completion of the protection the surface shall conform to the lines and grades as
shown on the drawings.

4.5.5 Gabions

Gabions consist of wire netting baskets filled with stones on a prepared foundation and shall be in
conformity with the dimensions shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

Prior to the construction of gabions all work necessary to receive the gabions shall be completed in
conformity with the Specifications and to the approval of the Engineer.

Prior to constructing any gabions, the Contractor shall build a sample gabion on Site for the
Engineer's inspection and approval. All subsequent works shall conform to the approved sample and
shall be built true to the lines and levels shown on the Drawings or as otherwise directed.

Before placing in position, the gabions shall be stretched to their full size and shall be wired at all
edges, save only that the distance between the ties shall never exceed 400mm.

Each row of gabions shall be wired to the adjoining row at the top and bottom edges and at the
corners. Where special shapes are required, the gabions shall be neatly cut and the edges shall be
firmly wired together such that the joint coincides with an edge of the gabions wherever possible. On
the inside of curves which are hidden from view the mesh may be crimped and securely wired to
produce the required shape. Joints between gabions shall be uniformly staggered in adjacent courses
to produce a regular pattern approved by the Engineer.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 68

Each gabion shall be carefully packed by hand with stones so placed as to minimise the volume of
voids in the completed basket. The gabions shall be filled 25mm above the top so that the lid can be
tightly stretched over the rock before wiring down. Adjoining rows of gabions shall first be partially
filled to ensure that the sides of the mesh do not bulge. Care must be taken that the gabions do not
distort during filling.

4.5.6 Clay Lining

The work under this clause shall consist of the construction of a clay lining to embankments and
bottom of waterways as indicated on the Drawings.

The material shall be laid in horizontal layers of 150mm compacted thickness, scarified and watered
to the optimum water content plus or minus 2% and compacted to a dry density of at least 95% of the
standard maximum clay density. Good care shall be taken to ensure a proper connection between
clay lining and embankment fill. The Contractor shall compact the clay lining with a vibrating sheep
foot roller or other approved compacting equipment.

Unless specified otherwise the testing and tolerances for clay lining shall comply with the
requirements of the Specifications. The thickness of the lining shall nowhere be less than the
thickness as specified on the Drawings.

4.5.7 Geo-synthetic Fabric Layers

The surface on which geo-synthetics are placed shall be relatively smooth, free of obstructions,
depressions and soft pockets. Depressions shall be filled with compacted material as directed by the
Engineer. Placing of the geo-textile shall not start without approval by the Engineer.
The geo-synthetic shall be placed loosely without wrinkles or folds, in case of geo-synthetic type 1
with the warp running down the slope. No joints in the geo-synthetic are allowed parallel with the
direction of the current unless indicated on the Drawings.
Seams perpendicular to the direction of the current shall be either lapped joints or seamed joints.
Lapped joints shall not be less than 1.0 m with the top part facing downstream. Seamed joints shall be
as specified. All seams must face away from the bank to allow for inspection and repair. A surplus of
minimum 10 mm of geo-synthetic shall be provided at the seams to allow movement.
Holding the geo-synthetic in position shall be by ballasting with sandbags. Pinning with steel pins or
wooden pegs will not be allowed. After placing of the cover layer the geo-synthetic shall be keyed into
the top of the bank.
No cover layer shall be placed on top of the geo-synthetic without approval by the Engineer. No geo-
synthetics shall be placed in the Works which cannot be covered with protective elements the same
day.
In order to form mats of larger widths the Contractor may stitch geo-synthetics together with a prayer
seam (single stitch). The stitch length shall not be more than 10 mm. The seam shall have a minimum
strength of 20 kN/m. The yarn used for this seam shall comply with the following:

Mass : min. 220 tex


Diameter : min. 0.4 micron
Tensile Strength : min. 140 N
Elongation at Break : max. 20 percent

Tests shall be carried out by an approved testing laboratory on samples taken from each quantity of
20,000 m of geo-synthetic. The samples shall be selected by a representative of the Engineer at the
manufacturer's premises, unless the Engineer has allowed, in writing, the Contractor to select the
samples himself. Notwithstanding the submission of reports to the effect that the geo-synthetic
conforms to the Specification, the Engineer shall at all times be entitled to have additional samples of
geo-synthetic tested if he suspects that the geo-synthetic does not conform to the Specification. The

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 69

Engineer shall only select samples from ends of rolls or from already cut geo-synthetic.

All geo-synthetics shall be transported, handled and stored fully in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and shall arrive on Site in their original wrappings. Products
susceptible to UV degradation shall be wrapped to prevent UV exposure until immediately prior to
usage. Unused portions shall be re-wrapped until usage. Geo-synthetics arriving on the site in
containers shall be unpacked and stored until usage in locations or in a manner well sheltered from
the sun. Sufficient ventilation below the shelter shall be provided so as to minimise the effects of high
temperature thermo-oxidation.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 70

4.6 Concrete Work

4.6.1 Storage of Cement

Cement shall be stored off the ground and under cover, thoroughly dry and well ventilated, and in a
manner approved by the Engineer. Cement in bags shall not be stacked more than 2m high. Each
batch shall be stacked separately and be easily identifiable and used in the order of delivery. No
cement shall be used which has been manufactured more than twelve (12) months prior to its
proposed use on Site.

4.6.2 Testing of Cement

After delivery on the Site, the Engineer may at any time require each consignment of cement to be
subjected to any or all of the tests and analyses required by BS 12 at the expense of the Contractor.
Cement which fails to comply with the Specifications when tested at any time, or which has
deteriorated in any way, will be rejected and shall be removed from the Site without delay
notwithstanding that the cement may have been passed previously as satisfactory.

4.6.3 Records and Returns of Cement

The Contractor shall keep records of the cement, including inter alia: date of dispatch, date of
delivery to Site, number of the consignment, batch number of the factory, type and quality,
manufacturer, location of the storage, quantity, dates when use commenced and finished and the part
of the Permanent Works or Temporary Works for which the cement has been used.

4.6.4 Storage of Aggregates

The aggregates shall be stored on Site in bins or on a clean hard surface and kept free from all
sources of contamination. The aggregates of different grading shall be kept separate and not allowed
to mix before use. The stock piles shall be built in successive horizontal layers not exceeding one
metre in thickness and in such a manner as to prevent segregation.

Aggregates shall be so stored and handled to permit satisfactory sampling, moisture content
measurement and temperature measurement on the materials. The Contractor's arrangements for
storing aggregates shall be to the approval of the Engineer. If directed by the Engineer, the
aggregates shall be protected against direct sunlight.

4.6.5 Additives

Concrete shall be made from cement, aggregates and water as specified. Unless agreed by the
Engineer or prescribed elsewhere in these specifications neither admixtures nor cements containing
additives shall be used.

Any admixtures, like air entraining agent, (super)plasticizer, accelerator, expanding agent, retarder or
any other, shall be entirely at the expense of the Contractor. Their use, type, make quantity and
method of application shall be to the approval of the Engineer and strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Tests required for obtaining such approval shall be carried out as
specified by the Engineer by a testing authority nominated by the Engineer or at any other place
approved by the Engineer. The tests unless agreed otherwise shall be done in the presence of the
Engineer. The costs of such tests will be borne by the Contractor.

4.6.6 Concrete Mixes

4.6.6.1 Quality of Concrete

The ingredients shall be proportioned to give a workable dense concrete which can be
thoroughly compacted without segregation.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 71

The characteristic strength of concrete is the 28 days cube strength, below which not more than
5% of the test results may be expected to fall.

The maximum free Water/Cement Ratio (W.C.R.) is the highest permitted target mean free
Water/Cement Ratio.

The design of the concrete mixes, manufacture and testing procedures for all concrete shall be
controlled by a qualified engineer experienced in the quality control of concrete production.
Batching and production shall be under the continuous control of this engineer or a person
approved by this qualified engineer. To deal with any problems arising from the production of
concrete the qualified engineer shall always be readily available to assist.

4.6.6.2 Concrete Mix Design

The Contractor shall design concrete mixes of the grades mentioned below and in accordance
with the given requirements and relevant standards, in such a way that the effects due to
temperature and shrinkage are minimized. The designed mixes shall be approved by the
Engineer. However, this approval will not relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities under
this Clause.

The minimum cement content required in concrete to ensure durability under specified
conditions of exposure shall be as below.

Plain concrete Reinforced Prestressed


concrete concrete

Class of Exposure
Nominal maximum aggregate size [mm]

40 20 40 20 40 20

kg cement/m of concrete

Mild: protected against weather or aggressive conditions.


To be used for building superstructures 230 250 - 280 - -

Moderate: buried concrete and concrete continuously


under water. To be used for:

- Civil Works superstructures 250 280 - 320 - -

- Substructures 250 280 290 320 - -

- Culverts 250 280 290 320 - -

- Roads 250 280 - 320 - -

- Piles and sheetpiles - - - 320 - 330

Severe: exposed to sea and brackish water or alternate


wetting and drying or subject to heavy condensation or
corrosive fumes. To be used for:

- Conduits 270 310 - 360 - -

- Sewers, manholes, flap gates 270 310 - 360 - -

- Retaining walls 270 310 - 360 - -

Superstructures are the structures above ground. Substructures are all below ground structures
and all civil Works. Due allowance shall be made for the free moisture content in aggregates.
Free moisture in aggregates shall be determined by the Contractor not less than twice a day for
each material when concrete mixing is in progress. Alternatively, a method (direct or indirect)

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 72

which indicates continuously and records control of water/cement ratio may be used.

Grade Use Maximum Maximum Maximum cement Characteristic


aggregate free content (kg/m) strength (N/mm)
size (mm) W.C.R.

Porous Drainage 40 0.6 - 3.0

C15 Blinding 40 0.6 - 15.0

C25 Reinforced Concrete 20 0.5 380 25.0

C35 Reinforced Concrete 20 0.5 35.0

C40 Reinforced Concrete 20 0.5 40.0

C45 Precast Piles 20 0.5 45.0

The workability required for placement of concrete shall be determined by the Contractor and
shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Any necessary adjustment to concrete mixes
necessary to improve workability must be approved by the Engineer in advance of concreting.

Porous concrete shall be made without using fine aggregate. The grading of the coarse
aggregate shall be not less than 95% weight passing a 19mm sieve and not more than 5%
weight passing a 10mm sieve. All aggregate particles shall be coated with a film of cement
grout. The porous concrete when placed shall contain no layers of laitence.

4.6.6.3 Concrete Mix Design - Underwater Concrete

Underwater concrete shall possess high slump for good flow properties and a low susceptibility
to segregation for adequate cohesion, and be of such consistency that it does not require
compaction.

Underwater concrete shall have a slump of 150 to 180mm, with the extreme limits of
acceptability being 120 to 200mm.

Maximum aggregate size shall be 20mm. The grading shall be continuous. A high sand/gravel
ratio shall be adopted. The percentage of sand by weight shall lie between 42% and 45%.
Sand from which the finest particle size fractions are absent shall not be used.

Cement shall either be portland blast furnace cement of the Hochoffen type or type II (ASTM).
The cement shall have a low rate of hardening. The amount of cement in the concrete mix shall
be 325 kg/m. The amount of filler in the mix shall be 60 kg/m. An amount of 0.5% of bentonite
by weight of the cement shall be added.

The water-cement ratio shall be 0.53.

Bleeding tests shall be carried out to the approval of the Engineer.

Minimum strengths for underwater concrete shall be, top layer: 0 - 200 mm from concrete
surface 10N/mm, and under top layer: > 200 mm from concrete surface 25 N/mm.

4.6.6.4 Trial Mixes

Following the Engineer's approval of the mix designs, the Contractor shall prepare in the
presence of the Engineer a trial mix of each designed grade of concrete, in sufficient time such
that preparation and approval of trial mixes does not delay the commencement of concreting on
the Works. Trial mixes shall be tested in a laboratory approved by the Engineer in accordance
with the Clause "Testing of Concrete and Rejection".

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 73

These trial mixes shall only cease when the Contractor has shown that the requirements of this
Specifications have been met. No variations in the mix design shall be made without the prior
approval of the Engineer.

The Contractor shall not make any change in the source or nature of any agreed aggregate
without first obtaining the agreement of the Engineer and subsequently shall submit preliminary
samples of the aggregates to the Engineer. The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer,
prepare new designs and shall carry out new trial mixes and prepare further preliminary test
cubes.

Only mixes as approved by the Engineer shall be used for all concrete works on the Site.

4.6.7 Mixing Concrete

All cement and aggregates shall be measured by weight in weight batching machines of an approved
type. The machines shall be kept clean and in good condition and adjustment and shall be checked
and adjusted for accuracy at regular intervals and when so required by the Engineer.

Due allowance shall be made for the free moisture content in the aggregates, which shall be
determined at least once a day or after change of weather conditions.

Materials shall be weighted within 2.5% tolerances, inclusive of scale and operating error. The weight
batching machine shall discharge efficiently so that no materials are retained.

Concrete shall be mixed in mechanical mixers of an approved type. In no case shall the mixing of
each batch of concrete continue for less than two (2) minutes. The capacity of the batching plant shall
be such, that an uninterrupted delivery of concrete on Site is maintained.

Every concrete mixing machine shall be fitted with the proper water measuring device which the
Contractor shall maintain in proper adjustment and check and record at such intervals as the
Engineer may require.

Concrete which has commenced to set shall not be remixed, either with or without the addition of
water. In no case shall such concrete be used in the Works. The entire contents of the mixer drum
shall be discharged before recharging. The mixer drum shall be thoroughly cleaned out prior to
changing the mix proportions for concrete of a different grade or on the cessation of mixing.

The Engineer shall be given adequate notice before any concrete mixing is started.

The following records shall be kept at the plant for each batch or truck load:

- Grade of concrete
-- Weights of aggregates and cement
- Amount of added water
- Mixing time
- Time at which the batch is discharged
- Type and amount of admixture, if any

4.6.8 Transporting Concrete

Concrete shall be taken from the place of mixing to the place of deposition by methods and means
which will prevent segregation or loss of the ingredients and which are sufficiently rapid to ensure that
the concrete does not commence to set before it is compacted in its final position.

Concrete may either be batched and mixed on Site or outside the Site and transported to it. When
mixed outside the Site and transported to it, all requirements of the appropriate Standards shall be

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 74

complied with in addition to all other requirements under these Specifications.

Truck mixed concrete may be used with the prior approval of the Engineer provided that it complies
with the Specification and with BS 1926, and that the water for the mix is added at the Site adjacent to
the point of final deposit.

4.6.9 Placing and Compacting Concrete

The Contractor shall give not less than 24 hours notice to the Engineer of his intention to concrete any
section of the Works so that these sections may be inspected prior to concreting being carried out.

No concreting shall be carried out without the approval of the Engineer. Immediately prior to placing
concrete all formwork shall be cleaned with compressed air or water, or both, as the Engineer may
require and all dirt, shavings and other foreign matter shall be removed.

Concrete shall be handled, placed and compacted in such a manner that no segregation occurs and
previously placed and compacted concrete is not disturbed.

The height of any drop of concrete shall not exceed two metres. Design of chutes or other means of
depositing, if used, shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval.

On placing in its final position the concrete shall be carefully worked around and between all steel
reinforcing bars and other embedded fittings. All concrete shall be compacted to the maximum
possible degree before it commences to set. The surfaces of horizontal slabs shall be tamped to a
true and even surface.

All concrete, except when otherwise agreed by the Engineer shall be compacted with immersion
vibrators. Vibrators shall be of adequate size and power and shall be subject to the Engineer's
approval. Vibrators shall be maintained at all times in good working order and shall be operated by
trained and experienced operators.

The number of vibrators available for use during each period of concreting shall be to the approval of
the Engineer, which will not be given if sufficient stand-by vibrators are not readily available in good
working order. Placing of concrete will not be allowed unless adequate vibrators are available.

Porous concrete shall not be compacted using vibration.

During the concreting of all reinforced concrete members a skilled and competent steel fixer shall be
in attendance on each concreting team and his duty shall be to ensure that the reinforcement and
other embedded fittings are kept in their correct positions as the work proceeds.

The placing of concrete shall be held in a vertical or horizontal stop and only in positions previously
agreed with the Engineer. Concreting shall be carried out as a continuous operation with no breaks
for lunch hours or other reasons with stoppage occurring only at the stop ends agreed with the
Engineer. No placing of concrete against concrete surfaces already set except previously agreed
construction joints is permitted.

4.6.10 Concrete Placed on Set Concrete

Before placing fresh concrete on or against existing concrete, the face of the construction joints shall
be free from latency, roughened to expose the aggregate and clean and free from water. All weak
material shall be removed by thoroughly hacking. Immediately before the new concrete is poured the
joint shall be thoroughly cleaned down and the hardened surface shall be covered with freshly made
mortar, composed of one part by volume of cement to not more than two parts of sand to a depth of
10mm or with a freshly made cement paste to a depth of 5mm or the joint shall be formed by other
approved method. Unless otherwise approved, construction joints shall not be stripped and prepared
for subsequent pours until at least 48 hours have elapsed since the completion of the previous pour.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 75

4.6.11 Concrete Placed Underwater

Where any concrete is to be placed in water, the Contractor shall submit detailed proposals to the
Engineer and shall obtain his consent before commencing the work.

Concrete shall be placed in water only by means of a bottom-opening watertight box or a tremie of a
type approved by the Engineer. Bottom-opening boxes shall not be opened until they are resting on
the work, and the lower ends of tremies shall always be kept below the surface of freshly placed
concrete. No construction joints will be permitted in the concrete placed under water except when
approved by the Engineer.

Fully mixed concrete may be transported by suitably equipped, non-agitating trucks provided that
satisfactory degree of uniformity as prescribed in ASTM C94, section 11, is obtained. Containers
mounted on such truck shall be steel, smooth, watertight, provided with covers for protection against
weather, and equipped with gates permitting accurate control of discharge.

Rehandling shall be avoided. Free fall in handling shall be less than one metre. Chutes shall not be
used without approval. Conveyance of the complete concrete mix from mixer to place of deposition
shall take place within 45 minutes to prevent segregation or loss of ingredients. Concrete shall not be
placed in running water or allowed to fall through water.

The Contractor may submit an alternative method for the placing of underwater concrete. The
submittal shall include seven copies of a detailed description of the method in which the experience or
knowledge of the Contractor is shown.

4.6.12 Concreting in Unfavourable Weather

The Contractor shall not place concrete during dust storms or rain, or when the air temperature is
more than 40C.

When the air temperature exceeds 30C the Contractor shall not place concrete without the written
approval of the Engineer.

The temperature of the concrete mix shall not exceed 30C at the time of placing and shall not exceed
34C during setting.

4.6.13 Curing Concrete

Until it has thoroughly hardened, concrete shall be protected from the harmful effects of wind, sun,
temperature and variations of temperature, premature loading or deflection or impact, aggressive
ground-water and any other adverse causes.

Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, exposed concrete surfaces shall be kept continuously
moist after casting for not less than 7 days. Surfaces, shall be covered with thick hessian or sand or
other material as may be approved by the Engineer, which shall be in continuous contact with the
concrete and which shall be kept wet to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Curing operations shall in general begin immediately following placement. All curing procedures shall
be approved in advance by the Engineer.

If curing membranes are proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer they shall be
applied in conformity with the manufacturer's instructions. They shall be applied to unshuttered
surfaces within 1 hour of concrete deposition at the surface.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 76

4.6.14 Precast Concrete

All materials and workmanship for precast concrete shall comply with the relevant requirements of the
Specifications.
The casting of the precast units or precast sections to be assembled to units, shall be carried out on
specially prepared casting beds which will inter alia prevent any distortion or des-alignment of the
moulds during and after concreting and which are to be constructed under a roofing so as to be fully
protected from the direct rays of the sun and from the rain.
Each precast unit or section shall be cast in one continuous operation and no construction joints shall
be allowed except if approved by the Engineer.
The casting bed shall be adequately supported to prevent any settlement which might cause cracking
of the concrete. If the slab or beam is to be stressed on the casting bed, provision shall be made for
the elastic shortening of the concrete under prestress and for the transfer of dead weight after
stressing. The pile shall not be moved until after the stressing has taken place. At the ends of the
elements a recess shall be formed around each tendon to allow cutting off the tendon and filling the
recess with grout so that the cover to the end of the tendon is not less than 20mm.
Side forms shall be removed as soon as possible after the concrete has set to avoid shrinkage
cracks. All formwork shall be removed in such a way as to ensure no damage is done to the concrete.
Coils of wire or strand shall be obtained from the manufacturer in sufficiently large diameters to
ensure the wire or strand running off the coils is straight. Wires, strands, or bars shall be accurately
positioned and maintained in position, both vertically and horizontally as shown on the Drawings. All
cutting to length and trimming of ends shall be done by suitable mechanical means. Ordinary
reinforcement steel shall comply with the specifications as described.
The mould of the precast units or sections shall be struck in such a sequence and after such a period
as to ensure that the units or sections are not subject to risk of damage or distortion, as approved by
the Engineer.
Save insofar as otherwise specified the time and methods of lifting, storing and transporting the
precast units or sections shall be approved by the Engineer and shall be such that the units or
sections will be protected from severe shocks, that they shall not be damaged and that no undue
stresses will occur. In general, units shall not be moved until 7 days have elapsed after casting and a
minimum cube strength of 20 N/mm has been obtained.
An accurate record shall be kept of every precast unit or section which shall be clearly marked as
specified by the Engineer. The Contractor shall specify loads from handling and installation (driving),
including calculations to show precast items are capable of taking these loads.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 77

Tolerances applicable to precast units are given below:

Cross section in any direction

Dimension Tolerances

up to 500 mm 6 mm

500 - 700 mm 9 mm

Straightness or deviation from intended line

Dimension Tolerances

up to 3 m 6 mm

2m-6m 9 mm

6 m - 12 m 12 mm

over 12 m 15 mm

4.6.14.1 Precast Reinforced Piles and Sheetpiles

Precast reinforced concrete piles and sheet piles shall be constructed with concrete grade C45,
as far as the Drawings do not indicate other grades. Side forms may be removed at any time
not less than 24 hours after completion of the placing of concrete but the entire pile shall remain
supported for at least 7 days and shall not be subjected to any handling stress until the concrete
has been in place for 21 days or such reduced time as the Employer may decide as a result of
satisfactory tests provided by the Contractor. Reinforcement shall be assembled before placing
in the mould and all hoops and links shall be firmly wired into position. The ends of helical
reinforcement shall be firmly secured. Spacers shall be of an approved pattern. Reinforcement
shall be bent and fixed as shown on the Drawings, subject to the approval of the Engineer.
Main reinforcing bars shall be supplied in single lengths. Splicing is not allowed.

4.6.14.2 Precast Prestressed Reinforced Concrete Piles

Precast prestressed concrete piles shall be constructed with the concrete grade as indicated on
the Drawings. Steel shall comply with BS4757. Prestressing shall conform to BS3617 or
AASHTO M 203-70 or ACI standard 318-77.

The piles shall be cast in a horizontal position. Special care shall be taken to place the concrete
so as to produce a pile free from any air pockets, honeycomb or other defect. Concrete shall be
placed continuously and shall be compacted by vibrating. The forms shall be slightly overfilled,
the surplus concrete screeded off, and the top surfaces finished to a uniform, even texture
similar to that produced by the forms.

After a pile has been cast, the date of casting, reference number, length and, where
appropriate, the prestressing force shall be clearly inscribed on the top surface of the pile and
also clearly and indelibly marked on the head of the pile. In addition, each pile shall be marked
at intervals of 250mm along the top 3m of its length before being driven. Piles shall present
true, smooth, even surface free from any surface blemishes.

Tensioning shall be carried out only in the presence of the Engineer unless prior permission has
been granted the Contractor by the Engineer to proceed without the supervision of the
Engineer.

As used here the word "tendon" shall be defined as any single prestressing element used to
apply prestressed forces to the concrete. For pre-tensioning this shall be each strand or straight
wire. All tendons to be stressed in a group shall be brought to a uniform tension of

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 78

approximately 500 kilograms per tendon prior to being given their full tension. After this initial
stressing the group shall be stressed to a total tension as required on the Drawings by means
of hydraulic jacks or other approved appliances equipped with gauges graduated to read
directly to one percent of the total load applied, and calibrated to measure accurately the stress
induced in the steel. The induced stress shall be measured by elongation of the tendons and
checked by gauge pressure. The results obtained shall be within five (5) percent of each other.

Means shall be provided for measuring the elongation to an accuracy of one millimetre in
twenty meters of length between jacking heads. In the event of apparent discrepancies of more
than five percent between stresses indicated by gauge pressure and elongation, the entire
operation shall be checked carefully and the source of error determined and corrected before
proceeding further.

Independent references shall be established adjacent to each anchorage to indicate any


yielding or slippage that may occur between the time of initial stressing and final release of the
tendons.

After strength requirements are attained, the tension in the tendons shall be gradually and
simultaneously released and the tendons cut off as required in such a way as to prevent shock.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to transfer the prestress safely and to the Engineer's
satisfaction in all respects.

4.6.14.3 Testing and Rejection

The process of manufacture shall be inspected by the Engineer at the manufacturing plant
where the Contractor purchases reinforced concrete piles, pipes box conduits or at the casting
site of the Contractor. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect and to test the piles, pipes and
box conduits after delivery to the Contractor's stockyard or to the work-site whichever is
preferred by the Engineer. The testing of the pipes shall be carried out, in the presence of the
Engineer, according to the relevant test as described in the British Standard or equivalent as
approved by the Engineer.

Piles, pipes and box conduits shall be subject to rejection on account of failure to meet any of
the testing requirements. Pipe sections also may be rejected if found to contain cracks,
damaged ends and other defects date to faulty manufacture, handling, transporting or placing.

4.6.15 Testing Concrete and Rejection

To ensure adequate quality control of mixes on the Site the Contractor shall take samples of each
quality of concrete in accordance with the recommendations and the requirements of BS1881.

Samples for compression tests may be taken at the mixing plant and/or at the point of placing before,
during or after consolidation in the forms, all as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise required
by the Engineer the number of samples taken for the compression tests will generally not be less than
3 cubes for 28 days test, preferably from different batches, per shift and pour for each mix of concrete
for that shift or pour. A record of the tests identifying them with the parts of the works executed shall
be kept by the Contractor and the Engineer.

Slump tests shall be carried out by the Contractor in accordance with BS1881 at all times and when
the test cylinders or cubes are prepared. Temperature tests must be taken at the point of placing
when required by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall provide full time on Site a suitably trained and fully experienced engineer who
shall be responsible for the quality control of all concrete works. He shall supervise all concrete mixing
and placing and be responsible for sampling, testing and recording of the results as required by this
Specification.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 79

All sampling, transporting and testing will be undertaken by the Contractor at his own expense.

Any batch of concrete, not yet placed or recently placed, which in the opinion of the Engineer does
not comply with the Specifications shall be rejected and dumped to waste without trying to recondition
the concrete.

If the results of the works cylinder/cube tests indicate that any part of the concrete cast falls below the
standards specified the Contractor shall take all steps required by the Engineer to replace the
defective concrete or parts thereof with concrete fully satisfying the conditions of the Specification.

Concrete shall be considered non-compliant with the Specification if the following criteria are not met:

(a) Water-cement ratio - Where assessment is by observation of the batching or by


autographic records, the water-cement ratio shall be not more than 105% of the required
value: where assessment is by analysis tests on fresh concrete, the water-cement ratio
shall be not more than 110% of the required value; the quantity of concrete considered
not to comply is as defined in respect of cube strength.

(b) Content of cement - Where assessment is by observation of the batching or from


autographic records the content of cement shall be not less than 95% nor more than
105% of the required amount; where assessment is by analysis tests on fresh concrete,
90% and 110% respectively; the quantity of concrete considered not to comply shall be
as defined in respect of cube strength;

(c) Workability - The workability shall be such what the concrete is suitable for the production
of the Works.

(d) Cube Strength - When both the following conditions are met the concrete complies with
the specified compressive strength:

i) the average strength determined from any group of four consecutive test
results shall exceed the specified characteristic strength by not less than
0.5 times the "current margin"; and
ii) each individual test result shall be greater than 85% of the specified
characteristic strength.

The "current margin" shall be 6 N/mm.

If only one test result fails to meet the second requirement ii), then that result shall be
considered to represent only the particular batch of concrete from which those cubes were
taken.

If the average strength of any group of four consecutive test results fails to meet the first
requirement i), then all the concrete in all the batches represented by all such results shall be
deemed not to comply with the strength requirements. For the purpose of this Section the
batches of concrete represented by a group of four consecutive test results shall include the
batches from which samples were taken to make the first and the last pairs of cubes in the
group of four, together with all the intervening batches.

When the results of tests on fresh concrete are available before the concrete is cast and the concrete
does not comply with the requirements specified or approved, then the batch of fresh concrete shall
be rejected and removed from the Site or (if permitted by the Engineer) used for ancillary purposes.

Any concrete which does not meet the criteria for compliance will be rejected by the Engineer and the
structures shall be demolished and removed from the Site.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 80

4.7 Reinforcement

4.7.1 General

The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer a manufacturer's test certificate in respect of each batch
of reinforcement delivered to Site together with the delivery note giving details of such consignment.
Notwithstanding such certificate the Engineer may require the Contractor to carry out further tests in
an independent laboratory on samples obtained from steel delivered to Site. In case of differences of
the findings, the findings of the independent laboratory will overrule the results as given in the
manufacturer's certificates.

Reinforcement steel shall be stored in racks, clear off the ground and shall be protected from rusting,
damage and oil or other deleterious matter.

4.7.2 Working Drawings and Bending Schedules

Reinforcement shall be strictly in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications or as directed by
the Engineer. The Contractor shall prepare all additional Working Drawings and bending schedules
as are required for proper execution of the Works.

The bending schedules shall show all dimensions, sizes, numbers and weights of all reinforcement
used in the Permanent Works. These will be submitted for approval to the Engineer. Steel supports,
etc. shall not be included.

4.7.3 Splicing and Concrete Cover to Reinforcement Steel

The splices of reinforcing bars and their location shall be as directed or specified or approved by the
Engineer.

The concrete cover to reinforcement shall, save insofar as otherwise shown on the Drawings,
specified or directed by the Engineer, at any location meet the values shown for that location in the
following table:

Location Minimum Cover (mm)

Indoor Concrete Works (dry) 25

Outdoor Concrete Works (wet) 35

Concrete against soil or submerged 40

4.7.4 Cutting, Bending and Fixing of Reinforcement Steel

All bending shall be in accordance with BS4466 save insofar as otherwise specified. The bending of
the steel reinforcement shall be carried out with approved plant and shall be carried out so as not to
injure the material. No heating will be allowed to facilitate bending and no welding of steel
reinforcement shall be permitted without the approval of the Engineer. Bars which have become bent
shall not be straightened or rebent for incorporation in the Works without the Engineer's approval.

Cutting of reinforcement by heat (flame torch) will not be permitted. Only cutting by grinding or
shearing is permitted.

All reinforcement shall, immediately prior to being placed, be free from loose mill scale, loose rust, oil,
grease, dirt or other foreign matter and shall be maintained in that condition up to the time of
concreting. All reinforcement shall, prior to the placing of concrete be securely fixed in position by
tying intersections with ample lashings of tying wire, by attaching adequate spacer blocks and by
provision of any other approved supports necessary to ensure that it is not displaced during

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 81

concreting or vibrating.

Reinforcement shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed. Such
approval will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities in connection with the work. Braces and
supports which are to be left in position shall be of concrete or steel and shall be of an approved
design. The ties, links or stirrups connecting the bars shall be taut so that the bars are properly
braced. The inside of any curved parts shall be in contact with the bars around which they fit.

4.8 Formwork

4.8.1 General Requirements

The Contractor shall supply, design, erect, strike and remove the formwork and be entirely
responsible for its stability and safety to carry the wet concrete and all incidental loadings and protect
the concrete from damage and distortion during placing, compaction, setting and curing. Formwork
shall be of timber or metal or plastic and shall include all temporary supports. The Contractor shall
design all formwork and hand over calculations and drawings to be approved by the Engineer.

All joints in formwork between, individual boards and between adjoining shutters, shall be mortar-tight
and shall remain mortar-tight under the effect of the vibration necessary to give full specified
compaction. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the deflection of sheathing does not
exceed 1/200th of the span between supports (and in any case shall not exceed 5 mm) and is of
sufficient rigidity and strength to prevent distortion due, to pressure from the liquid concrete or other
loads incidental construction. It shall be so constructed as to give the finished concrete the
dimensions shown on the Drawings and of a material capable of providing the surface finish specified.

Except where otherwise specified all exposed edges of concrete in the Permanent Works shall have a
chamfer. If no size is specified, the chamfer shall be 20mm by 20mm.

The Contractor shall when so directed by the Engineer form the soffits of the beams and slabs to a
camber. The amount of camber and the method of obtaining same shall be agreed with the Engineer.
The formwork for beams and slabs shall be designed in such a way that the forms of the sides of
beams and soffits of slabs can be struck, first, leaving the shuttering to beam soffits and the
supporting props in position. Soffits of beams shall be given a camber as shown on the Drawings, or
as specified by the Engineer.

Formwork shall be so constructed as to prevent the loss of any liquid mortar from the wet concrete. All
wedges used must be nailed so as to prevent slipping or displacement during compaction.

No ties whatsoever shall pass through any concrete members designed to be a part of a watertight
structure. The use of wires passing through the concrete for purpose of securing the formwork in
position shall not be permitted for any concrete structure. No plugs, bolts, wire ties, holdfasts or any
other appliance whatsoever, for the purpose of supporting the shuttering or reinforcement, shall be
fixed permanently into the structure so that they have less cover than the reinforcement or in any way
impair the strength or appearance of the work, nor shall they be placed in such a manner that
damage to the work would result in the removal of the same at the time of striking the shuttering.

All formwork is to be thoroughly cleaned of any old concrete or any other deposits. Immediately
before concreting it shall be thoroughly hosed down with water, temporary openings being provided to
permit the escape of sawdust, shavings etc. with the water.

Removable panels shall be provided as may be necessary for cleaning out or for access during
concreting. Immediately before concreting starts, the interior of the forms shall be cleared of all
rubbish and the faces in contact with concrete shall be clean and thoroughly wetted with clean water
or treated with a composition mould oil approved by the Engineer.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 82

Surfaces of formwork may prior to placing of the steel reinforcement be treated with an approved non-
staining mould oil. Diesel, mineral or engine oil shall not be allowed for this purpose. No mould oil
shall come in contact with reinforcement or construction joints.

Care shall be taken that when formwork is re-used its surface shall be smooth and clean.

All formwork shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to concreting. This approval,
however, shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities.

All embedded items shall be accurately positioned in accordance with the Drawings and securely
fixed before concreting starts. All holes, chases, ducts, mortices, keys, chamfers and the like shall be
provided for and formed before concreting starts. Only if approved, the Contractor may form holes
and mortices for building in bolts or other items. Cutting or drilling holes and the like shall not be
permitted unless specified on the Drawings or expressly approved by the Engineer.

Unless otherwise approved, top shuttering shall be provided for concrete upper surfaces where the
slope exceeds one vertical in three horizontal.

4.8.2 Removal of Formwork

All formwork shall be removed without shock or vibration to the concrete. The responsibility for the
safe removal of the formwork shall rest with the Contractor. Any work showing signs or damage
through premature loading shall be entirely reconstructed at the Contractor's expense.

Formwork shall be removed without shock or vibration. Unless accepted otherwise by the Engineer
formwork shall not be removed until the characteristic cube strength is 10 N/mm2 or twice the stress to
which it will then be subjected whichever the greater, provided that such earlier stripping will not result
in unacceptable deflection due to shrinkage, creep, etc. The cubes shall be stored as far as possible
under the same conditions as the structure. Removal shall proceed only if the concrete has attained
sufficient strength to support its own weight and any constructional or other loads likely to come upon
it. If any loading in excess of the design load is anticipated, approved props shall be provided after
removal of shuttering to ensure that the constructional loads of the floor is shared by the floor below it.
The props to the beams and slabs of a floor shall not be removed until the floor above the floor in
question is strong enough to support itself and any constructional or other load likely to come upon it.

Unless otherwise specified, the minimum periods before striking formwork shall be as follows:

Columns, sides 7 days

Beams, sides 7 days

Beams, soffits 14 days

Walls, sides 7 days

Suspended slabs, soffits 14 days

No soffit formwork shall be removed before the concrete has also reached the design 28 days
strength as specified. No formwork or supports shall be removed without the approval of the
Engineer.

Any holes left in the concrete (e.g. as a result of the use of formwork ties) shall be properly filled flush
with an approved mortar.

4.8.3 Surface Finishes

4.8.3.1 Ordinary Finish

An ordinary finish shall be such a finish as results from the use of formwork with well-fitting

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 83

cleanly sawn boards with sharply cut well squared joints.

A formed concrete surface specified to have an Ordinary Finish, shall be regular and free from
projecting fins or indentations but may be slightly rough and the marks of joints, knots and the
like may be visible.

Save insofar as otherwise specified, an Ordinary Finish is required for surfaces which will not
normally be visible.

4.8.3.2 Smooth Finish

A Smooth Finish shall be such a finish as results from the use of planed boards or plywood or
steel shuttering in a good condition.

A formed concrete finish specified to have a Smooth Finish, shall be free from board marks,
fins, indentations, bulges and any other blemishes and offsets. The pattern of formwork panels
shall be regular and not obtrusive.

An unformed concrete surface specified to have a Smooth Finish, shall be screeded and
subsequently neatly finished with a steel float true to line and level and shall be of equivalent
quality as a formed surface with a Smooth Finish.

Save insofar as otherwise specified, a Smooth Finish, is required for surfaces which will
normally be visible.

4.8.3.3 Broomed Finish

Where a broomed finish is specified the unformed concrete surface shall be screeded true to
line and level and after the initial set of the concrete it shall be swept with a stiff broom in the
specified direction. A broomed finish shall be of equivalent quality as a smooth finish.

A test area shall be broomed at the start of the work and when a surface texture acceptable to
the Employer has been obtained it stall be used as standard for the rest of the Works.

4.8.3.4 Floor Finish

Concrete shall be placed and well tamped and shall then be screeded to finish grade. Floors
which are to be pitched to drains or other outlets shall be accurately pitched to avoid pockets.

Floors receiving a screed or other floor finish shall be wood floated and if so directed while set
but still green brushed with a stiff bristle brush to obtain a key. Other floors shall be steel
floated. Floating shall be executed so as not to bring excess laitence or fine material to the
surface.

4.9 Joints

4.9.1 Polythene Sheeting

Polythene damp proof sheeting underlay to paving and floors or used to separate concrete elements
shall be 1000 gauge polythene and laid with 150mm laps unless otherwise stated.

4.9.2 Construction Joints

Construction joints shall be made where indicated on the Drawings, where indicated by the Engineer,
and where proposed by the Contractor if approved by the Engineer.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 84

The details and positions of construction joints shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before
any concreting takes place. They shall be located such that, in conjunction with the programme for
concreting, the effects of shrinkage and temperature are minimized. Where long lengths or large
areas of work are to be concreted and where in the opinion of the Engineer it is practicable, the
Contractor shall so arrange his programme of construction that concrete is two weeks old before new
concrete is placed against it.

Reinforcement shall run continuously through construction joints. The Engineer may direct the placing
of additional reinforcement by means of hairpins or similar type of reinforcement in construction joints
which are not indicated on the Drawings.

Construction joints shall be watertight. They shall be formed in straight lines with rigid shuttering
perpendicular to the principal line of stress and as far as practicable at points of least shear. They
shall be the plain butt type unless otherwise specified or approved.

Unless otherwise approved, construction joints shall not be stripped and prepared for subsequent
pours until at least 48 hours have elapsed since the completion of the previous pour.

4.9.3 Movement Joints

Movement joints shall be made where indicated on the Drawings, where directed by the Engineer and
where proposed by the Contractor if approved by the Engineer.

Details and position of movement joints shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before any
concreting takes place.

4.9.3.1 Movement Joint Filler

Movement joint fillers shall be of the sizes and formed in the positions shown on the Drawings.
They shall consist of bitumen impregnated fibreboard or polystyrene complying with BS3837 or
a similar material approved by the Engineer.

4.9.3.2 Joint Sealer

Joint sealant shall be as shown on the Drawings or another type approved by the Engineer.
Sealant shall be applied according to the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
Bitumen will not be allowed as sealant except for joints permanently under water.

4.9.3.3 Waterstops

Waterstops shall be of the sizes and profiles as shown on the Drawings or as indicated by the
Engineer, and be fixed in the position as shown on the Drawings.

The methods of building in and jointing waterstops shall be to the approval of the Engineer. All
construction and movement joints which are required to exclude water under pressure from one
side shall be provided with approved type waterstops.

Waterstops shall be obtained from manufacturers approved by the Engineer and shall be
stored, fixed and jointed strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. They shall
be fabricated into the longest practicable units complete with angles and junctions at the
manufacturer's works and shall be continuous throughout the structure below highest water
level and where shown on the Drawings. The Contractor's proposals for jointing waterstops on
Site shall be to the approval of the Engineer. Rubber joints shall be vulcanized.

The waterstop shall be carefully maintained in the position shown on the Drawings and properly
protected from damage and the harmful effects of light and heat during all stages of
construction. The concrete shall be carefully compacted under and around the waterstop so as

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 85

to leave no cavities and in such a manner that deformation or displacement of the waterstop
does not occur.

4.9.3.4 Dowel Bars

Where dowel bars are to be provided through movement joints they shall be of mild steel plain
round bars with sawn cut ends and complying with BS4449. In expansion joints the part of the
bar to be free to move shall be encased in a rigid metal sleeve and fitted with a chamber
compressible with grease or other material approved by the Engineer. The free end of the
dowel bar shall be coated with an approved bitumen bond breaking compound. The diameter of
the sleeve shall be the minimum necessary to allow free sliding movement of the bar after
concreting.

4.10 Repair of Concrete

After formwork has been struck the surface of the concrete shall be left untouched until inspected by
the Engineer.

Any minor defects and blemishes in the concrete, such as minor areas of honeycombing or bulging,
which in the opinion of the Engineer can be satisfactorily repaired and do not affect the safety or
functioning of the relevant section of the Works, shall be promptly made good by the Contractor at his
own expense by means of cutting out, grinding, grouting, guniting or other measures. Staining or
discolouration shall be washed out or cleaned by other means. Such remedial works shall be carried
out to the extent and in a way and by means as approved by the Engineer.

4.11 Testing of Concrete Water Retaining Structures

After cleaning water retaining structures, and as far as practicable before any earth filling is placed
against the outside wall faces, the structure shall be filled with water at a rate approved by the
Engineer. After allowing a period of three days, the water level shall be recorded and the water shall
be allowed to stand for a period of seven days, during which the total permissible drop, after allowing
for evaporation and rainfall, shall not exceed 1/500 of the average water depth of the full structure or
10mm whichever is the less.

Notwithstanding the satisfactory completion of the above test, any leakage visible on the outside
faces of the structure shall be stopped.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 86

4.12 Tolerances

The tolerances, which are the permissible deviations from the established lines, grades and
dimensions are specified in the following table. When tolerances are not stated in the Drawings for
any individual structure or feature thereof, permissable deviations will be interpreted in conformity with
the provisions of this Clause. Concrete work that exceeds the tolerance limits specified will be
rejected and shall be corrected or removed and replaced as ordered by the Engineer at the Expense
of the Contractor.

Structure or part of structure Tolerance

1 Complete structures
Variation from established alignment 15mm
Variation from established level 15mm

2 Variations from the plumb or the specified batter in the lines and
surfaces of columns, piers, walls and in arrises ;
Exposed 10mm per 3m
Backfilled 20mm per 3m

3 Variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns, piers, walls,


slabs, beams and similar parts ;
Minus 5mm
Plus 10mm

4 Variation from the plumb level in sills and side walls for gates and
similar watertight joints 1mm per 1m

4.13 Repair of Existing Concrete

4.13.1 Dewatering and Cleaning

All repair work to existing concrete shall be carried out in the dry. The Contractor shall dewater the
structures concerned and thoroughly clean the surfaces to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

4.13.2 Identification of Repairs

After cleaning the concrete from any foreign matter the Contractor shall survey the exposed surfaces
and make an inventory of the repair work necessary, distinguishing the types of defects as described
in this Section and he shall submit the inventory of proposed work to the Engineer for approval. In a
joint survey by the Engineer and the Contractor the inventory will be discussed and the Engineer may
instruct the Contractor to make modifications in the inventory of proposed work after which
modifications the Engineer shall approve the inventory for execution. The Contractor shall furnish the
Engineer with three (3) signed copies of the inventory of proposed work and after approval the
Engineer shall sign these copies and return one (1) signed copy to the Contractor. The Contractor will
execute the work accordingly and in accordance with these Specifications.

4.13.3 Materials

For all mortars, grouts, resins and other products described in this section, the Contractor shall
propose the products he intends to use in the Works and shall submit to the Engineer for approval full
information on these products. All products shall have no adverse effects on potable water.

Products named elsewhere in this section are an indication of the standard type and workmanship of
goods which are satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor may use named products or equivalent
other products after the approval of the Engineer in accordance with the Specifications, Conditions of
Contract and with the manufacturers specifications.

All materials used for repair shall comply with the relevant sections of Clause 3.2 of this Specification.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 87

4.13.4 Types of Defects

For the purpose of repairs to existing concrete the following defects shall be distinguished:

- Cracks 1 up to 3mm wide


- Leaking Cracks 1 up to 3mm wide
- Cracks 3 up to 20mm wide
- Defective Concrete as loose, broken or honeycombed concrete
- Deteriorated Joints
- Voids under Concrete Slabs

4.13.4.1 Repair of Cracks 1 up to 3mm wide

The Contractor shall repair cracks in structural concrete by injection with an appropriate
injection resin.

When the cracks are dry an epoxy resin of low viscosity shall be used. In other cases injection
shall be done with a low viscosity polyurethane resin.

The Contractor shall first blow, clean, oil free compressed air through the crack before any resin
is injected in order to remove to the maximum extent possible any dust or grit that may obstruct
the flow.

When the crack is cleaned, a superficial seal will be applied at the surface of the member by
using a fast setting material such as any appropriate polyester resin, in which injection nipples
are fixed at intervals. The most satisfactory spacing of the injection nipples shall be found by
experience, but will usually be less than the estimated depth of the crack. The most suitable
pressure for injection the resin shall also be determined by experience.

Injection shall be by the Nitokit epoxy resin injection system or similar approved. Epoxy injection
resin of low viscosity shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. No injection shall be
carried out without the approval of the Engineer.

4.13.4.2 Repair of Leaking Cracks 1 up to 3 mm wide

Repair by Injection

The Contractor shall inject leaking joints with waterstops in structures with a suitable
polyurethane injection resin, which shall be of low viscosity and shall react with water to fill all
cavities in and adjacent to the joint. Injection shall continue until all leaks are stopped.

To relieve the water pressure if necessary, drain pipes shall be fixed into the remaining
concrete so that the water can discharge freely. After the injection material has hardened, the
drain pipes shall be cut off or removed and the remaining holes will be plugged one by one with
a very quick-setting material that can be held in place by hand until it has set.

The Contractor shall submit for approval to the Engineer the method of injection, material and
equipment he proposes to use. The Engineer may at his discretion instruct the Contractor to
modify his proposals. No injection will be done without the approval of the Engineer.

Repair by Lining

Concrete slabs or walls featuring leaks due to cracks and other small porosities of the concrete
shall be waterproofed by application of a internal lining. Slabs subjected to variable direction of
water pressure shall not be repaired with this method but only with the method described in
Clause "Repair by Injection".

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 88

The lining shall be applied only on the inside of water retaining structures so that the lining is
compressed between water and concrete.

The lining shall be an epoxy resin and or cement based sealant. The material shall have a
durability of 10 years or more and provide a watertight and easy to clean surface. The material
shall be capable of bridging and filling 3 mm wide cracks under the operating water pressures.

Particular care shall be taken to ensure all concrete surfaces are completely free from algae, oil,
dust, grease, corrosion and any other deleterious matter, and that the concrete surface is
prepared in accordance with the lining manufacturer's requirements, before application of the
lining.

4.13.4.3 Repair of Cracks 3 up to 20mm wide

The Contractor shall clean the crack from all dirt and other foreign matter and roughen the
surfaces mechanically. After cleaning the crack with oil free compressed air the surfaces will be
primed with Nitobond AR primer or approved similar.

All exposed reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned from any loose rust or other foreign
matter. Exposed reinforcement shall be primed with Nitoprime Zincrich primer or approved
similar, to prevent further corrosion.

If the reinforcement has broken or deteriorated too far the crack must be repaired as described
in Clause "Repair of Defective Concrete". Then the crack shall be filled with a suitable
watertight non shrink grout as Renderoc TC or approved similar and cured directly after
application with a curing agent.

4.13.4.4 Repair of Defective Concrete

When concrete has broken out, has become loose, shows honeycombing or any other similar
defects, it shall be removed and the affected member reconstructed to its original section.

The Contractor shall remove all loose or deteriorated concrete until only sound material is
encountered. Concrete shall in any case be removed to 25mm behind any exposed
reinforcement.

All exposed reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned from any loose rust or other foreign
matter. Exposed reinforcement shall be primed with Nitoprime Zincrich or approved similar, to
prevent further corrosion.

If the reinforcement has broken or deteriorated too far, new reinforcement shall be placed. To
accommodate this reinforcement, holes shall be drilled in which the new rebars are fixed with
an epoxy resin. Another option shall be to break out the surrounding sound concrete till
sufficient lap length has been acquired to accommodate the new rebars. If neither of these
options is suitable, an external steel or concrete bracing shall be constructed. The final solution
to be applied shall be determined by the Engineer.

Particular care shall be taken to ensure all exposed concrete surfaces are completely free from
laitence, oil, dust, grease, corrosion and any other deleterious matter. Laitence shall be
mechanically removed by high pressure water blasting, grit blasting or a combination of both.

The edges of the repair area shall be sawn or cut to a depth of 10mm to avoid feather edging.

All concrete surfaces shall be in a saturated surface dry condition prior to priming.

Priming shall be carried out with Nitobond AR or approved similar after which the broken out

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 89

area will be repaired with a suitable watertight non shrink grout approved by the Engineer.
Immediately after finishing the repair the mortar shall be cured with an curing agent.

4.13.4.5 Repair of Deteriorated Joints

At contraction, construction or movement joints where the filler and or sealant has deteriorated,
replacement is required. The Contractor shall replace both the joint filler and sealant. He shall
cut out and remove the existing joint filler and sealant and clean the joint from vegetation,
sediment and other foreign matter. The edges of the concrete shall be square. If edges have
broken up to 10mm deep the new joint filler shall be placed deeper. Broken edges from 10 to
30mm shall be cut square to give a square but wider joint. At edges broken deeper than 30mm
the concrete shall be broken back for at least 25mm behind the nearest reinforcement and re-
cast.

After clearing and squaring up the recess in the concrete the joints shall be filled with flexible
filler and or sealant. This shall comply with the requirements as described in Clauses 0 and 0.

Only in movement joints may an alternative construction be used. In this case a vacuum tube of
butyl rubber shall be placed in the joint and the voids left over shall be filled with butylene putty.
The vacuum tube and butylene putty shall be of quality approved by the Engineer.

4.13.4.6 Repair of Voids under Concrete Slabs

During repair of cracks or joints in otherwise sound slabs, it may be found that hollow spaces,
exist behind or under the slabs. In such cases and where indicated by the Engineer the
Contractor shall fill the voids with a suitable cement based grout.

Dependent on the type of joint, grouting shall be carried out either before or after completing
other repair works on the joints or cracks.

If the voids are not accessible through at least 10mm wide joint rebates then holes shall be
drilled through the concrete slab, with a maximum distance between successive holes of
700mm centre to centre. The voids shall be grouted through the holes.

The grout will be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be of a suitable viscosity.

The area to be grouted and working method will be proposed by the Contractor to the approval
of the Engineer; or as instructed by the Engineer. No drilling or grouting shall be carried out
without the approval of the Engineer.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 90

4.14 Steel Work

4.14.1 General

The work under this Clause shall include as far as is necessary the design of connections and other
details, fabrication, manufacture, inspection and testing, delivery to Site, unloading and where
necessary storage at Site, complete erection, testing on completion and setting to work, all to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.

The Contract also includes the supply of spare parts, tools for carrying out normal maintenance and
all instruction manuals and Drawings. The plant is required to be complete in all respects as specified
herein , and shall include all items of machinery, fittings, equipment, etc. necessary whether such
items are specifically referred to in the Contract or not. The steelwork shall be complete in all
respects, including all materials, parts , etc., so as to provide a complete and satisfactory installation.

Everything necessary for the erection, operation and maintenance of the equipment shall be included,
all temporary and permanent supports, foundations and anchor bolts shall be provided.

4.14.2 Standards for Materials and Workmanship

Unless otherwise approved, steel and other metalwork shall comply with the following British
Standard Specifications:

- BS4 Structural Steel Sections, Part 1, Hot-rolled sections;


- BS153 Steel Girder Bridges;
- BS639 Covered Electrodes for the Manual Metal-arc Welding of Mild Steel;
- BS709 Methods of Testing Welds;
- BS916 Black Bolts, Screws and Nuts;
- BS1083 Precision Hexagonal Bolts, Screws and Nuts;
- BS1775 Steel Tubes for Structures;
- BS1856 Metal-arc Welding of Mild Steels;
- BS2642 Arc Welding of Carbon Manganese Steels;
- BS4395 High Strength Friction Grip Bolts;
- BS4360 Weldable Structural Steels;
- BS5950 Structural Use of Steelwork in Buildings.

Fabrication and erection on Site shall be to the same standards as specified for work off Site.

4.14.3 Sizes and Dimensions

Where steel and other metalwork has been specified in metric units the equivalent in Imperial units
(feet/inches) may be substituted providing that the alternative members are not inferior to those
specified. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the details of all such alternatives
proposed.

The dimensions given on the drawings are based on available information or design. The Contractor
shall be responsible for checking actual dimensions of gates, structures, etc., either existing or after
construction against the dimensions given on the drawings.

4.14.4 Samples and Test Certificates

Steel bars, plates and sections shall be ordered in sufficient lengths to enable the Engineer to select
samples from any bar, plate or section for testing. The Contractor shall, when requested by the
Engineer, supply manufacturer's test certificates for steel to be used in the Permanent Works.
Samples from bolts or nuts selected by the Engineer shall be provided and tested. All testing shall be
done in a laboratory proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. All testing shall be at
the expense of the Contractor.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 91

4.14.5 Working Drawings and Method Statement

Before fabrication commences the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his approval design
calculations, working and shop drawings of the steel and other metalwork to be supplied under the
Contract. He shall also submit to the Engineer for approval a detailed method statement describing
the fabrication methods to be used.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of his shop details and for shop fittings and
site connections.

4.14.6 Fabrication

4.14.6.1 Welding

Welding shall be metal-arc welding complying with the requirements of BS1856 or BS5135, as
appropriate. All welds shall be continuous unless specified otherwise. All fillet welds shall
approximate to the thickness of the thinnest member to the joint. All parts shall have the edges
accurately prepared to the appropriate profile for welding.

Welding shall be carried out only under the direction of an experienced and competent
supervisor and only certified welders qualified in this class of work in accordance with BS4872
shall be employed. Welding procedures shall be such that residual stresses are minimal and
that distortion is avoided.

All fillet welding shall be tested by ultrasonic, crack detection, or other approved means. For all
items of steelwork the Contractor shall allow for the cost of adequate radiograph examination of
the welds. The welds and positions to be examined will be indicated by the Engineer.

4.14.6.2 Bending

No straightening or flattening by bending or use of heat shall be carried out without approval of
the Engineer and, if so approved such straightening or flattening shall be carried out as
specified by the Engineer.

4.14.6.3 Cutting

Shearing or cropping shall only be allowed for cutting of strips and plates less than 12mm thick.

Hand flame cutting will not be permitted.

Irregularities as a result of cutting shall be removed by welding and grinding.

4.14.6.4 Holing

All holing shall in principle be carried out by drilling unless approved otherwise by the Engineer.
Holes may be punched provided that :

- punching is carried out before assembly


- the total thickness of the material to be punched is not more than 15mm
- the holes are punched 3mm less in diameter than the required size and reamed to the
full diameter;

In other cases punching shall not be permitted.

All holes for bolts shall be 2mm more in diameter than the nominal bolt size unless higher
tolerances are approved by the Engineer. All holes shall be free from burrs.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 92

Holes drilled at wrong positions shall be filled by welding and redrilled at the appropriate
position. Holes less than 5mm out of specified position may be reamed to suit.

4.14.6.5 Bolting

All nuts and screws shall be securely fastened, to prevent loosening due to vibration, by means
of spring washers, lock nuts, split pins or any other approved means.

Between all nuts and steelwork at least one normal washer must be used. If deemed necessary
by the Engineer, washers shall be placed both under the nut and the bolt head.

Stainless steel bolts, nuts and washers shall be used for holding all renewable parts and all
parts made of stainless steel.

High strength friction bolts shall be tightened to the requirements of BS 4604.

The Contractor shall have a torque wrench at Site for tightening and checking of bolts at all
times.

4.14.6.6 Marking of Parts

Steel and other metalwork shall be uniquely and indelibly marked to indicate position and
direction in which it is to be fixed.

4.14.7 Works Erection

If required by the Engineer, the steel and other metalwork shall be temporarily assembled at the place
of manufacture for inspection by the Engineer and, if considered necessary, for testing before
delivery.

4.14.8 Site Erection

Before any work on erection is begun on the Site, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his
approval the methods he proposes to use for the erection of the steel and other metalwork and shall
make any arrangements and take any precautions directed by the Engineer. Notwithstanding these
requirements the entire responsibility for the adequacy of the Temporary Works shall rest with the
Contractor.

The Contractor shall fix the steel and other metal work complete and shall provide and erect all
temporary staying and bracing necessary for carrying out the Works.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of setting out of all steel and other metalwork.
He may use shop details and other necessary drawings prepared by the supplier. The approval of
the Engineer for any such drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the correct
fitting of all material.

Unless specified otherwise, all bases shall be positioned 50mm or as shown on the drawings above
the concrete foundations on levelling nuts. Thereto every base shall feature at least 4 anchor bolts.
Stanchions shall be plumbed and levelled by adjusting the levelling nuts and then be tightening the
closing nuts. The space between the baseplate and concrete shall be filled with a free flowing non
shrink grout with a 28 days strength of at least 25 N/mm.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 93

4.15 Water Storage Tanks

4.15.1 General

The works under this clause comprise the construction and renovation of potable water storage
reservoirs both at ground level or elevated. For the purpose of these specifications the following tanks
are distinguished :

- welded steel tanks


- sectional pressed steel tanks
- concrete tanks

All types of tanks shall be watertight, have no adverse effects on potable water and need only minimal
maintenance after construction or rehabilitation.

4.15.2 Steel Water Storage Tanks

4.15.2.1 General

Steel storage tanks shall be supplied with all ancillary pipework and valves, and for elevated
tanks, a suitable support structure. The tanks shall be obtained from a reputable manufacturer,
experienced in the particular field. Unless otherwise specified, the foundation shall be designed
by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Engineer will give the Contractor the
required information necessary to make the foundation design except for dead weight loadings
from any plant or equipment within the Contractor's supply.

The supply shall include design calculation report and shop drawings for approval by the
Engineer, fabrication, painting, storage where necessary, delivery to Site, construction of the
foundation, erection and commissioning and testing.

All steel tanks shall comply with all relevant requirements of the Specifications. The concrete for
foundations shall be grade C25. For painting of steel the relevant requirements of Specifications
apply, except for the interior of the tanks which shall receive one coat zinc-rich or another
compatible primer to a minimum dry film thickness of 0.25mm and subsequently 2 coats of
bitumen complying with BS 3416, Type 1, Class A.

4.15.2.2 Supervision of Erection of Steel Tanks

If instructed by the Engineer the Contractor shall provide the services of a skilled erection
supervisor from within the company manufacturing the tank, whose qualifications shall be to the
approval of the Engineer.

4.15.2.3 Design of Supporting Tower for Steel Water Reservoirs

The water tank tower and its foundations shall be designed by the Supplier. The tower shall
include access ladders and all inlet, overflow and outlet pipework and shall support the tank
when filled to its upper lip. The tower and its foundations shall be designed to withstand the
worst combination of dead load, imposed load and wind load that might reasonably be
expected to be applied during construction and operation.

Imposed loads shall be calculated in accordance with BS6399: Part 1; 1984.

The weight of water contained in the tank and pipes shall be regarded as an imposed load.

Wind loading shall be calculated in accordance with CP 3: Chapter V: Part 2; 1972 using the
following parameters:

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 94

- Topography factor S1 = 1
- Ground roughness factor S3 as for category 3 (small towns, outskirts of large cities)
- Statistical factor S3 = 1.0
- Basic wind speed V = 45 m/s (3 second gust at 10m above ground level)

The design of structural elements shall comply with BS449, BS8110 and BS8004.

The structure shall be adequately stiffened or braced against sway and the horizontal deflection
caused by works or by the effects of unbalanced vertical loads. The minimum horizontal force
considered acting in any direction at any level shall be not less than 1 % of the total vertical
load above the level; even where no wind loads or other horizontal loads are applied.
Provisions shall be made for the effects of this minimum nominal load. Unless otherwise
indicated the deflection of members shall be in accordance with the standards listed above. The
deflection of members supporting the tank structure shall be compatible with the design of the
tank and shall not exceed 1/750 of their span.

The horizontal deflection of the tower under wind loading shall not exceed 1/400 of the tower
height.

4.15.3 Glass Reinforced Plastic Water Storage Tanks

4.15.3.1 General

Sectional GRP storage tanks shall be supplied with all ancillary pipework and valves, and for
elevated tanks, a suitable support structure. The tanks shall be obtained from a reputable
manufacturer, experienced in the particular field. Unless otherwise specified, the foundation
shall be designed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Engineer will give the
Contractor the required information necessary to make the foundation design except for dead
weight loadings from any plant or equipment within the Contractor's supply.

The supply shall include design calculation report and shop drawings for approval by the
Engineer, fabrication, painting, storage where necessary, delivery to Site, construction of the
foundation, erection and commissioning and testing.

Sectional GRP tanks for both potable and untreated water storage shall be as manufactured by
Braithwaite and Co. Structural Ltd. or equal.

The concrete for foundations shall be grade C25.

4.15.3.2 Supervision of Erection of GRP Tanks

If instructed by the Engineer the Contractor shall provide the full time services of a skilled
erection supervisor from the tank manufacturer, whose qualifications shall be to the approval of
the Engineer.

4.15.3.3 Design of Supporting Tower for GRP Water Storage Tanks

The water tank tower and its foundations shall be designed by the Supplier or the Contractor in
accordance with the requirements specified.

4.15.4 Reinforced Concrete Tanks

Reinforced concrete tanks shall be constructed as indicated in the Drawings. The concrete shall be
watertight. All joints shall thus be provided with suitable water stops.

Upon completion the tank shall be tested for watertightness and comply with requirements of the
Specifications.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 95

4.15.5 Disinfection of Tanks

After testing for water tightness the reservoirs shall be pumped dry. After the pumping and the
completion of the installation, the bottom side of the roof slab, the topside of the foundation floor and
all walls contacting water shall be brushed with sodium hypochlorite.

Mud, silt and dirt shall be brought to the deepest part or washout in each compartment and removed.
For the execution of the works the labourers shall be provided with clean overalls and rubber boots
and be equipped with a face mask. After cleaning the reservoirs shall be filled with potable water with
the addition of sodium hypochlorite with a strength of 15 %. A total amount of hypochlorite (15%) shall
be added till a chlorine content of the water of 40mg/l has been obtained. Then a period of testing of 2
x 24 hours shall be respected. After this period the water shall be removed and the reservoir shall be
filled again with potable water and emptied again.

A bacteriological test to the approval of the Engineer shall then be executed. Only after approval of
the test results may the reservoirs be put in service.

4.16 Protection and Painting of Metal

4.16.1 Painting

Unless otherwise specified all iron and steelwork shall before painting be blast cleaned. Blast cleaning
shall be dry blasting using metallic grit or other silica free abrasive. The grade of cleanliness after
blasting shall conform to grade SA 2 according to Swedish Standard SIS 05-59-00; 1967.

Care shall be taken to blast clean bolt holes and other penetrations. Before coating, all dust shall be
removed from the surface. The first layer of coating shall be applied within one hour after blast
cleaning. If the relative humidity is more than 75% this time shall be reduced to half an hour.

Field welds shall be cleaned of welding slag and have sharp edges rounded off before applying
coating.

Blast cleaning and application of all coats shall be done where the structural steel is fabricated. All
workshop painting shall be carried out under cover and remain so until the paint has fully cured.
Workshop painting shall be carried out by high pressure airless spray. The methods of painting shall
be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions.

For steel in continuous contact with water or exposed to permanent humid conditions Coating System
A shall be used:

- Blast cleaning to SA 2;
- One coat of two-pack zinc rich epoxy primer with a minimum dry film thickness of 25 micron
within the specified time (0.5 or 1 hour);
- Two coats of two pack high build coal tar epoxy paint, each coat with a minimum dry film
thickness of 200 micron to be applied within 48 hours after priming.

For all other steelwork the Coating System B shall be used :

- Blast cleaning to SA 2;
- One coat of two-pack zinc rich epoxy primer with a minimum dry film thickness of 25 micron
within the specified time (0.5 or 1 hour);
- One or two coats of two pack high build epoxy coating pigmented with micaceous iron oxide,
with a total minimum dry film thickness of 150 micron.
- Two coats of two pack epoxy enamel of a colour to be specified with a minimum dry film
thickness of 50 micron per coat.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 96

If the steelwork is concealed one coat of enamel can be omitted.

4.16.2 Galvanising

Galvanising of steelwork is to be carried out as described in this Clause and is indicated as Coating
System "C".

Steelwork to be galvanised shall be cleaned from all weld spatters, slag, mill scale and other
contaminants. Removal of corrosion products and surface treatment immediately before galvanising
shall be done by pickling. Pickling shall be done in a solution of hydrochloric acid. The acid shall then
be neutralised after which the steelwork shall be washed and dried. Finally the steelwork shall be
dipped in the galvanising bath.

Unless otherwise specified all steelwork shall be hot dip galvanised according to BS 729 with a
minimum deposition rate of 460g/m, after completion of all welding, drilling, grinding or trimming of
the metal. Hand railings and other big steelwork items may be galvanised in sections. The galvanised
surface shall be smooth and free from slag and other impurities. All parts shall be passivated after
galvanising in order to minimise discoloration.

Any damage to galvanising due to transport or installation shall be made good at the Contractor's
expense by a method approved by the Engineer. Where galvanised items have been cut or damaged
on site, the Contractor shall immediately make good the damage to the galvanising or to the cut edge
by means of an approved zinc-rich cold galvanising paint. The paint shall be applied strictly in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and to the approval of the Engineer. Repairs to
damaged items shall only be carried out with the express permission of the Engineer.

If galvanised surfaces as per system "C" or manufacture-galvanised surfaces of sheet, wire,


doorframes, etc. are to be additionally painted this shall conform the requirements of this Clause,
indicated as Coating System "D".

Galvanised surfaces shall be passivated or weathered before painting with an approved etch primer
(other than a mordant containing copper), which shall be a two pack primer applied in accordance
with manufacturers instructions.

After drying the etch primer surface shall be thoroughly rinsed with clean fresh water and allowed to
dry. The finish shall consist of two coats of two pack epoxy enamel (colour approved by the Engineer)
with dry film thickness 50 micron per coat.

4.17 Roads and Pavements

4.17.1 Road Construction

All access roads and hardstanding areas shall be constructed on layers of aggregate road base to the
levels and lines shown on the Drawings or ordered by the Engineer.

All earthworks for roads shall generally be in accordance with the requirements of the Specifications
of the Specification.

For the purpose of this clause the following definitions apply :

Embankment A structure of compacted fill material within the roadway, between excavated or
original ground and the base course.
Subgrade Top section of the foundation or formation or embankment on which the
base course is placed.
Base Course The structural layer of material immediately beneath the pavement.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 97

Binder Course The first subsequent layer of an asphalt pavement except the uppermost
layer.
Wearing Course The upper most layer of an asphalt surface course, which constitutes the
finished road surface.

4.17.2 Types of Pavement Structures

The following types of pavement structures shall be distinguished for the purpose of these
Specifications. Every structure consists of stripping, clearing and grubbing, excavation and/or
compacted fill embankment, and preparation of subgrade. The structure above the subgrade changes
for each type of road.

Grade Designation Structural Build Up

1 Track - 150mm base course

2 Service Road - 200mm base course


- asphaltic Surface Treatment

3 Normal Road -250mm base course


-bituminous prime coat
-40mm asphaltic concrete wearing course

4 Heavy Duty Road - 300mm base course


-bituminous prime coat
- 50mm asphaltic concrete binder course
-bituminous tack coat
-30mm asphaltic wearing course

5 Foot Path / side walks -200mm specified fill


-concrete tiles 300 x 300 x 50

4.17.3 Grade and Alignment Control

Grade and alignment control stakes shall be supplied, set out and maintained by the Contractor
subject to checking by the Engineer in order that the work shall conform to the lines, grades and
cross-sections shown on the Drawings or ordered by the Engineer. The stakes shall be set in rows on
and parallel with the centre-line of the roadway and spaced so that string lines may be stretched
between them but in no case more than 10m apart.

4.17.4 Curves and Transitions

Curve radii, superelevation profiles and vertical and horizontal transitions will be given by the
Engineer on Site.

4.17.5 Materials and Plant for Roads and Pavement Structures

The aggregate for the pavements shall be crushed stone or crushed gravel. Before ordering or
borrowing any materials, the Contractor shall have samples of his proposed materials tested as
specified or as directed by the Engineer, by a testing authority nominated by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall submit his proposed methods for constructing the pavement bases for approval
by the Engineer. The proposals shall include but not be limited to the following details:

- Plant and labour to be employed;


- Materials to be used, including proposed grading limits, mix proportions and the like;
- Methods for transporting, laying, spreading and compacting the materials.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 98

The Contractor shall carry out field trials with the proposed materials and plant to test the suitability of
the materials, the plant and the workmanship. The aforesaid testing shall be completed to the
satisfaction of the Engineer before commencing construction of any pavement base and in such good
time that no delay is caused to the Works.

The working methods, plant, materials, mix proportions, and the like so approved, shall not be varied
without prior instruction from the Engineer. The Engineer may at any time require the Contractor to
alter mix proportions in accordance with the Specifications.

Save in so far as otherwise approved by the Engineer, all services and structures, if any, shall be laid
and constructed and all backfilling shall be carried out prior to the construction of the pavement
bases.

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the supply of materials for road construction
including payments for any compensation or other payments whatsoever required for access to and
occupation and use of borrow pits and quarries for any materials.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer his proposed sources of materials, together with details of
locations, sizes, owners of proposed borrow areas and quarries. He shall also submit his proposed
method of working, including all measures to eliminate damage or nuisance to persons or property,
together with his proposed method for reinstating such borrow areas and quarries.

The Contractor shall not commence work on any borrow area or quarry before the Engineer's written
approval has been obtained. Before abandoning any borrow area, it shall be drained, levelled and
topsoiled and the sides battered to approved slopes all to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

The cost of all operations detailed under this Clause shall be deemed to be included in the tendered
rates and prices.

Embankment shall be constructed as compacted fill with fill material as specified.

4.17.6 Sub Grade

Preparation of the sub-grade shall be carried out to the requirements of the Specifications unless
superseded by the requirements of this Clause. The sub-grade shall be compacted to such levels and
slopes as will permit the base course to be constructed to the required thickness and specified
finished levels.

The sub-grade shall be compacted by approved rollers so that the density of the top 150mm shall be
not less than 98% of the maximum dry density as obtained in BS1377:1975, Test No.12.

The finished surface of the sub-grade shall not vary at any point by more than 10mm from a 3m
straight edge. The level of any point on the finished surface shall not deviate by more than 15mm
from the finished level of the pavement less the specified thickness of the pavement and base
construction.

If any areas are found to fail the above mentioned requirements, such areas shall be scarified,
reshaped and recompacted as specified.

4.17.7 Base Course

After excavation from an approved source, and processing and mechanical blending if necessary, the
material shall be stockpiled. Stockpiles shall be located at a distance of not less than 15 metres from
the right-of-way limits of the roads.

Unless otherwise approved in writing, the stockpiles shall be formed in layers having a maximum

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 99

thickness of 0.5m and to a total height of 4m. It shall contain not more than 1,000m or the quantity
needed for the job, whichever is smaller. Removal of material from stockpiles for placement on the
grade shall be done by side excavation along nearly vertical faces over the full depth of stockpiles.
The use of a clamshell type bucket for loading material on trucks or the use of pan type scrapers for
moving stockpiled material to its final position, as base course, will not be permitted.

No material shall be added to the stockpile after the stockpile has been sampled for approval. Material
from approved stockpiles shall be placed on the grade for this item. The presence of any over-size
particles in a stockpile will be a cause for rejection of the entire stockpile.

No material shall be taken for use from any stockpile until the stockpile has been sampled, tested,
and approved in writing by the Engineer for placement on the sub-base. Approval of a stockpile for
placement on the sub-base shall not relieve, in any degree, the full responsibility of the Contractor to
furnish, in its compacted position, a base course of granular materials, the final condition of which
shall conform to all the requirements of the specifications for this item.

In the event that the Contractor uses plant or procedures resulting in material of uniform quality
conforming to these specifications at a rate satisfactory to the Engineer and that satisfactory samples
for tests can be obtained, the requirements for stockpiling may be waived. Prior approval of the
Engineer shall be obtained and the work shall be done in accordance with such conditions as may be
imposed in the approval. Such waiver shall only remain in force as long as a satisfactory material is
produced.

The spreading of any layer shall be carried out with spreader equipment approved by the Engineer.
Material shall be spread to such thickness that after compaction the maximum depth of the layer shall
be 150mm. Stockpiling shall not be permitted on the roadway. No segregation of large or fine particles
will be allowed when it is spread, and it shall be well graded with no pockets of fine material.

Water shall be added in such quantities that the moisture content is within the proper limits for
satisfactory compaction. The entire surface shall be rolled either with pneumatic tired rollers or
smooth steel wheel rollers to achieve a dry density of at least 98% of the maximum given in the British
Standard compaction test.

For heavier compaction, vibratory, or when more efficient types of approved compaction equipment
are used the minimum number of passes required on all portions of each layer shall be determined by
the Engineer after appropriate field tests have been carried out to evaluate the efficiency of such
equipment. In limited areas, where the use of a roller is impractical, approved vibrating plate
compactors shall be used to compact the material. The surface of the finished base at any point shall
not vary more than 10mm above or below the true grade.

The base course at any location shall be compacted, finished and completed to the above tolerance
and approved by the Engineer before any succeeding course is placed at all locations. Any
depressions or holes shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

In all cases, the base course shall be so thoroughly compacted that it will not wave under the roller.
The layer of the base course shall not be laid in excess of 150 linear metres without being compacted.
No traffic or hauling other than those necessary for bringing material for the next course shall be
permitted on this course. If sub-base and base course granular material are churned up through any
reason whatsoever, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, remove such mixtures and replace
them with newly selected approved granular material.

The base shall be finished to the lines, levels and sections as shown on the Drawings or as directed
by the Engineer and the finished surface shall not depart from the true surface in any direction by
more than 6mm when checked with a straight edge 3 metre long or a camber board. If the departure
from the true surface shall exceed 6mm, the Contractor shall scarify, reshape, water as necessary
and recompact such areas to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 100

The average thickness of the base shall not be less than specified. The thickness of the base at any
point shall not be less than the specified thickness minus 12mm. The Contractor shall include in his
rates for the digging of trial pits, and making good same, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

The method and procedure for obtaining samples of the base course and storing and testing them in
order to check the materials and workmanship for compliance with the Specifications shall be as
specified and/or as directed by the Engineer. Unless specified otherwise the Engineer will require the
following tests to be carried out in the Site Laboratory for the granular crushed stone base:

- Grading
- Los Angeles Abrasion (AASHTO-T-96) maximum 50
- Liquid Limit (AASHTO-T-90) maximum 25
- Plasticity Index (AASHTO-T-90) maximum 6
- Sand Equivalent (AASHTO-T176) maximum 25
- Linear Shrinkage
- Dry Density Moisture Relationship
- In Situ Dry Density
- California Bearing Ratio

In order to test the quality of the completed base, the Contractor shall, when and where directed by
the Engineer, have samples taken for laboratory testing or in-situ tests carried out on the completed
base course. In total not less than approximately 1 sample or test shall be taken per 1,000m of base
constructed provided that, if defects are proved, the Contractor shall have such a larger number taken
as are directed by the Engineer. Should the result of any test fail to meet the requirements of the
Specifications, the Engineer may under the provisions of the Contract and with the concurrence of the
Employer order the base covered by the particular test to be removed from the Works.

The Contractor may, if he disputes the results of such test, arrange to have confirmatory tests made
on and/or samples taken from the section of the base in dispute, all at his own expense. Such tests
shall be carried out by an agreed authority having suitable test facilities. If such tests show results in
compliance with the Specifications, the base shall be deemed to be satisfactory; but if the test results
do not comply with the Specifications, the Engineer may under the provisions of the Contract direct
the Contractor to cut out and make good the defective work to such an extent as the Engineer
considers necessary.

4.17.8 Asphaltic Surface Treatment

Stockpiling of aggregates will be permitted only where agreed by the Engineer. A separate stockpile
shall be made for each nominal size of aggregate at each location. Sites for stockpiles shall be
cleared, graded and drained, and if necessary in the opinion of the Engineer, shall be surfaced with a
100mm layer of natural gravel or crushed rock.

The bottom 50mm layer of aggregate shall not be used in the work and contaminated aggregate shall
be reprocessed until it is acceptable.

The equipment to be provided shall include a power broom, a power blower, a drag boom, a bitumen
distributor having a pressurised spray bar, self-propelled pneumatic-tyred rollers, aggregate spreader,
and an adequate number of trucks and equipment for heating the asphaltic material. Steel wheeled
rollers may be used to supplement the pneumatic-tyred rollers only when specifically approved or
directed by the Engineer.

Plant and equipment shall comply with the following requirements:

The distributor shall have pneumatic tyres of such size and pressure that the load
produced on the road surface shall not cause any rutting and shall be so equipped,
maintained and operated that asphaltic material may be applied uniformly over variable
widths with uniform pressure and controlled rates.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 101

The power broom shall be a rotary towed or self-propelled device specifically designed
for sweeping road surfaces.

The drag broom shall be capable of distributing unevenly spread aggregate without
disturbing the particles freshly bedded in the binder.

Pneumatic-tyred rollers shall be self-propelled machines, with smooth treads, of sufficient


loading to force the aggregate firmly into the asphaltic material without crushing the cover
material.

Steel-wheeled rollers where permitted, shall be light, two axle tandem rollers of such
loading that stone chippings will not be crushed.

Aggregate spreaders shall be capable of spreading a uniform layer of cover aggregate of


the specified size.

Heating equipment shall be capable of producing uniform heating to the required


temperature without damage to the asphaltic material. An approved instrument for
temperature measurement with an accuracy of 3 % shall be provided. Means shall be
provided to drain completely the heating tank or tanks. Suitable fire-fighting equipment
and material shall be conveniently available to the heating equipment at all times when
heating is in progress.

Spraying and spreading shall not be carried out when the weather conditions are, in the opinion of the
Engineer, likely to adversely affect surfacing operations. Such conditions may include, but shall not
necessarily be limited to rain, low temperatures, and sand storms.

Prior to application of binder (RC-250), loose dirt and other objectionable material shall be removed
from the surface by means of a power broom or blower or both. If this does not provide a uniformly
clean surface, additional sweeping shall be done by hand, using stiff bass or similar brooms.
Sweeping shall extend at least 200mm beyond each edge of the area to the sprayed.

Adherent patches of objectionable material shall be removed from the surface by steel scraper of
other suitable method and where the Engineer so directs, the scraped area shall be washed down
with water and hand broomed.

No application of asphaltic material shall be undertaken until the surface has been cleaned to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.

Asphaltic material (RC-250) shall be applied by a distributor at a rate of:

1st Coat - 1.20 to 2.00kg/m (av.1.60kg/m)


2nd Coat - 0.80 to 2.00kg/m (av.1.20kg/m)

or as directed by the Engineer. Where the use of the distributor is not practicable for the application of
small areas, the Engineer may agree to the use of hand-spray equipment attached to the distributor.

Quantities of asphaltic materials in excess of requirements shall not be heated, nor shall such
materials be held at temperatures within the range of application temperatures for periods in excess
of ten hours. Any asphaltic material which has been heated for an excessive period of time or which
has been overheated shall be rejected.

The area to be sprayed with asphaltic material (rapid curing cutback asphalt) shall be limited to that
which can be covered with aggregate at the specified rate within 15 minutes of the time of spraying or
such shorter period as the Engineer shall direct.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 102

During all applications, the surface of adjacent structures and trees shall be protected in such a
manner as to prevent their being spattered or marred.

Building paper or other protective material shall be spread on the surface at the start and end point of
each spray application so that flow through the nozzles may be started and stopped on the paper and
all nozzles shall operate properly over the entire length being treated. Immediately after use, the
protective material shall be removed and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The
distributor shall commence moving at a sufficient distance in advance of the start of the application to
ensure that the speed for correct application is attained at the commencement of spraying and shall
maintain this speed until past the finishing point of the application.

Provision shall be made for 10%, or such other percentage as may be determined by the Engineer, of
the rated capacity of the distributor tank to be retained in the tank at the completion of each run, so as
to avoid air entrainment with the delivery system and provide for any minor excess in the rate of
application.

After each application, the quantity of material sprayed shall be checked against the area covered,
and any necessary adjustments shall be made to ensure that the specified or ordered rate of
application is maintained in subsequent runs.

Spraying shall cease immediately if any defect develops in the spraying or spreading equipment and it
shall not recommence until the fault has been rectified.

Before the asphaltic materials are applied, sufficient cover aggregate shall be in trucks at the site of
the work to provide the full cover for the area to be sprayed. The application of the aggregate shall
proceed immediately after application of asphaltic material commences and shall be completed with
15 minutes of the completion of spraying or such smaller period of time as the Engineer shall direct.
The aggregate shall be spread uniformly over the asphaltic material by means of an approved
aggregate spreader at a rate as directed by the Engineer, within the following range:

1st Coat - 50 - 70 m/m


2nd Coat - 80 - 100 m/m

Any bare or insufficiently covered area shall be re-run by the mechanical spreader or covered by
hand as necessary to give uniform and complete coverage. Any aggregate spread in excess of the
rate specified or ordered shall be scattered and evenly distributed or otherwise removed and
stockpiled as directed by the Engineer.

Immediately after spreading to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the aggregate shall be rolled with one
or more pneumatic tyred rollers or, if permitted by the Engineer, by steel tyred rollers, until the
aggregate is firmly embedded in the asphaltic material. Where required to ensure an even distribution
of aggregate, the surface shall be broom-dragged after the initial rolling except that if the drag broom
has any tendency to dislodge aggregate particles bedded in the binder, the Engineer may direct that
drag brooming shall be discontinued, and that light hand brooming shall be substituted.

Rolling shall be continued, as directed by the Engineer, for as long as is necessary to ensure a
thorough incorporation of the aggregate into the binder (rapid curing cut-back asphalt).

Immediately after the binder has hardened to the stage at which, in the opinion of the Engineer, no
more aggregate can be pressed into it by rolling, any remaining loose particles shall be removed from
the shoulder.

If, after spreading, the aggregate is found to contain moisture and weather conditions are suitable for
drying, the Engineer may allow rolling of the aggregate to be deferred for a short time to permit the
moisture to evaporate, providing that satisfactory adhesion of the binder to the aggregate is obtained.
If the Engineer considers that the adhesion of the binder to the aggregate is unsatisfactory, he shall
reject the work and direct that no further work be carried out until the conditions improve.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 103

The second course of surface treatment shall be started by applying second layer of rapid curing cut-
back asphalt at the specified rate over the first course of surface treatment.

Prior to the starting of the second application of rapid curing cut-back asphalt, the surface shall be
cleaned in an approved manner taking care that embedded cover aggregates of the first course are
not dislodged. After the application of binder at the approved rate, the cover material shall be spread
at the specified rate and the process shall continue as in case of first course of surface treatment.

The Contractor shall protect the work from damage until such time as the surface treatment has
developed sufficient strength to carry normal traffic without disturbance of the aggregate. Where it is
necessary to allow early use of the new work to facilitate the movement of traffic, vehicles may be
allowed to run on the work after rolling is completed, provided that vehicles are controlled to such
slow speeds that no displacement of aggregate occurs.

No traffic shall be permitted to pass the working area during the application of asphaltic material nor
shall traffic be permitted to encroach upon the edge of asphaltic material until such time as it is
covered with aggregate.

4.17.9 Bituminous Prime Coat

Prime coats shall be applied only when the surface to be treated is dry. No application shall be made
when the weather is foggy or rainy and the atmospheric temperature is below 10C. The Engineer's
decision in ascertaining the weather conditions shall be final.

The equipment to be provided by the Contractor shall include a power broom and blower, bitumen
distributor having a pressurised spray bar and equipment for heating asphaltic material. The
distributor shall be pneumatic-tyred and shall be so designed and equipped as to distribute the
bituminous material uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily determined and controlled rates.

The distributor shall be equipped with a separate power unit for the pump and full circulation spray
bars. The spray bar on the distributor shall be controlled by a man riding at the rear of the distributor
in such a position that operation of all sprays is in this full view. Hand spraying equipment shall also
be fitted.

All measuring equipment on the distributor should have been recently calibrated and an accurate and
satisfactory record of such calibration be supplied to the Engineer. If after beginning the work, the
distribution of asphaltic material is found to be in error, the distributor shall be withdrawn from the
work and calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer before proceeding with the work.

Immediately before applying the prime coat, the full width of surface to be treated shall be cleaned
with a power broom or blower as appropriate, to remove all dirt, and other objectionable material,
where required by the Engineer. Immediately prior to the application of the primer, the surface shall be
lightly sprayed with water but not saturated. Asphaltic material shall be applied by the distributor and
the rate of application of the liquid asphalt shall be 1.5 kg/m or as directed by the Engineer. Asphaltic
material shall be applied at a temperature within the range of 38C to 60C.

The prime coat shall be left undisturbed for a period of at least 48 hours, and shall not be opened to
traffic, so that it will not be picked up by the wheels of passing vehicles. The Contractor shall maintain
the prime coat until the succeeding layer of pavement has been placed. Care shall be taken that the
application of bituminous material is not in excess of the specified amount; any excess shall be blotted
with sand or similarly treated. All areas inaccessible to the distributor shall be sprayed manually using
the device for hand spraying from the distributor.

The surface of structures and trees adjacent to the area being treated shall be protected in such
manner as to prevent their being spattered or marred.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 104

4.17.10 Bituminous Tack Coat

Tack coats shall be applied only when the surface to be treated is dry. No application shall be made
when the weather is foggy or rainy and the atmospheric temperature is below 10C. The Engineer's
decision in ascertaining the weather conditions shall be final.

Equipment shall conform in all respects to the provisions under Clause "Materials and Plant for Roads
and Pavement Structures - General".

Immediately before applying the tack coat, the full width of the surface to be treated shall be cleared
of loose and foreign material by means of power broom or blower as appropriate, supplemented as
necessary by hand sweeping. Asphaltic material shall be applied by the distributor and the rate of
application shall be 0.5kg/m or as directed by the Engineer. Asphaltic material shall be applied at a
temperature within the range of 77C - 94C. Care shall be taken that the application of asphaltic
material is not in excess of the specified amount, any excess material shall be blotted by sand or
similarly treated. All areas inaccessible to the distributor shall be treated manually using the device for
hand spaying from the distributor.

The surface of structures and trees adjacent to the area being treated shall be protected in such a
manner as to prevent their being spattered or marred.

Traffic shall be kept off the tack coat at all times. The tack coat shall be sprayed only so far in
advance of the surface course as will permit it to dry to a "tacky" condition. The Contractor shall
maintain the tack coat until the next course has been placed.

4.17.11 Asphaltic Concrete

At least thirty (30) days before he intends to start production of asphaltic concrete, the Contractor
shall provide the Engineer in writing with a Job-Mix-Formula and grading. No asphalt concrete mixture
shall be placed until a Job-Mix-Formula has been submitted by the Contractor and approved by the
Engineer.

Laboratory samples shall be prepared and tested in the Site laboratory according to the requirements
of ASTM 1559 (Marshall Test) and, to be acceptable, the results shall meet the following criteria:

Binder Course Wearing Course

Stability in (kg.min) 600 600

Flow in mm 2.0 - 4.0 2.0 - 4.0

Air voids in total mix (%) 3-8 3-5

Voids filled with asphalt cement (%) 60 -75 70 - 80

Number of blows each end 75 75

After the finalisation of the Job-Mix-Formula the materials shall have tolerances within the following
units.

Material passing No. 4 or large sieve = 5%


Material passing No. 10 sieve and retained on No. 200 sieve = 4%
Material passing No. 200 sieve = 1.5%
Asphalt cement = 0.3%

Materials shall be mixed in a mixer machine having arrangements for heating the materials. The
heated ingredients shall be combined in such a manner as to produce a mixture which, when
emptied, has a temperature between 135C and 163C and is within 10C of the temperature stated
in the Job-Mix-Formula. The maximum mixing time shall be limited, as directed by the Engineer, to

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 105

avoid undue changes in the characteristics of the bituminous binder.

The bituminous binder shall be extracted from samples, as directed by the Engineer, in accordance
with AASHTO Test Method T.164.

The mixed material shall be placed in a 50mm thick compacted layer in the case of binder course
after the base is primed for about 46 hours. The wearing course 30mm thick shall be placed just after
tack coat is sprayed over previously prepared binder course in accordance with these specifications
and the levels, grades, dimensions and cross-sections shown on the drawings.

No longitudinal joints shall be left exposed at the end of any day's work. At transverse joints, old work
shall be cut to a vertical edge before laying new material against it and the vertical face shall be
painted with hot bituminous binder. Longitudinal joints shall be staggered transversely by not less
than 300mm in relation to any longitudinal joint in the course immediately underneath.

After laying, the material shall be uniformly compacted by rolling in a longitudinal direction from the
sides to the centre of the roadway, overlapping on successive passes by about half the width of the
rear roll. Rolling should be delayed long enough after laying to permit the layer to be compacted by
the rolling equipment without pushing or tearing. The mixture shall be compacted at a temperature
within the limits of 107C - 135C and to a density not less than 97 % of the Marshall Test density of
the mixture sampled at a point appropriate to the location and tested in the Site Laboratory.

The number, type and condition of rollers shall at all times be sufficient to compact the mixture to the
required density while it is still in a workable condition. Rolling trials shall be carried out by the
Contractor until the Engineer is satisfied that the equipment provided and procedures adopted by the
Contractor are capable of producing a surfacing course meeting the requirements of the Contract.
Such procedures shall thereafter be maintained until the Engineer directs otherwise. Such laid and/or
compacted materials as, in the opinion of the Engineer, is not suitable to be incorporated in the works,
shall be removed and disposed of in a manner acceptable to the Engineer.

The equipment provided for rolling the surface courses shall include, tandem roller and self-propelled
pneumatic-tyred rollers on which the tyre pressures can be quickly adjusted during rolling operations
and which weights can be adjusted between 9 and 20 metric tons.

Sections of the newly finished work shall be protected from traffic of any kind until the mixture has
cooled to approximately ambient air temperature. Traffic shall not normally be permitted on the newly
laid surface within twelve hours after completion of the layer, except with the authorization of the
Engineer.

Rollers and other equipment not in operation shall not be allowed to stand on the surface and spillage
or leakage of fuels from equipment into the surface courses shall be prevented.

After final rolling and before opening the surface to traffic, the Contractor shall cut samples from the
finished work for testing in the Site laboratory. Samples shall not be less than 250mm square, except
that, for measurement of the field density only, cores with a minimum diameter of 100mm cut by an
efficient coring machine will be acceptable. Samples shall be taken of the mixture for the full depth of
the course from the locations directed by the Engineer.

Samples for density measurement shall be obtained in sets of two cut from the same location. One
set shall be taken for each day or fraction of a day that the plant operates or if the output exceeds 100
metric tons per day, then at the rate of one per 100 metric tons or part thereof shall be taken.

Samples for analysis and other tests shall be taken from the surface courses when the Engineer so
directs and shall in any case be taken whenever a substantial change is made in the job-mix-formula.
Where samples have been taken from the surface course, fresh material shall be placed in the holes
and compacted and finished to match the quality of the surrounding surface course.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 106

The surface of the completed surface course shall not deviate more than 3mm under a 3m long
straight edge when laid parallel to the centre line of the surface course, nor more than 3mm from a
template laid transversely across the surface course.

Surface courses shall not be placed when the weather conditions are, in the opinion of the Engineer,
likely to adversely affect the material. Such conditions may include, but will not necessarily be
restricted to, rain, low temperatures, or sand storms.

4.17.12 Concrete Kerbs

The relevant provisions of the Specifications shall apply for concrete of kerbs. The concrete shall be
grade C25.

Raised and flush kerbs shall be precast in sections of 1 (one) metre length.

The kerbs shall be constructed on the finished compacted base course surface in accordance with
the details as shown on the Drawings.

Kerbs and gutters shall be constructed to the lines and levels shown on the Drawings within the
following tolerances:

Alignment 5mm
Level 5mm
Dimensions 5mm

The kerbs shall have a Smooth Finish. All edges shall be edged with a radius of approximately 5mm.
The kerbs and gutters shall be cured for at least 7 calendar days after casting.

Joints, 10mm wide filled with approved sand fill material shall be constructed in flush kerbs at
maximum intervals of 5 metres and at such other places as the Engineer may require. All joints shall
be perpendicular to the line and grade of the kerb.

4.17.13 Reflectorised Paint for Road Markings

The road markings (centre-line marking, edge marking, stop-lines, letters and symbols on the road)
shall be placed at locations, to lines and levels as shown in the Drawings and as directed by the
Engineer.

Application shall be by mobile sprayers, either hand-propelled or self-propelled, as acceptable to the


Engineer. The road surface shall be dry, and free of mud or other extraneous matter. The material
shall be laid in intermittent lines or continuous lines of 1.5mm thickness using an approved pressure
spray unit as directed by the Engineer. The finished lines shall be free from "Ruggedness" on the
carriageway. The upper surface of the lines shall be level, uniform and free from streaks. The
material, when tested by the approved method, shall show little or no indentation at 80C.

The Contractor shall control the traffic in such a manner as to protect the freshly marked surface from
damage. The traffic control shall be so arranged as to give minimum interference to the travelling
public. Signs, barricades, flagmen and control devices shall be supplied by the Contractor and a
system of spaced warning flags or blocks shall be used to protect the fresh markings until they have
dried. If any of the lines, stripes or markings become blurred or smeared by the traffic, or fail to have a
uniform satisfactory appearance whether day or night, they shall be corrected by the Contractor at his
own cost.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 107

4.18 Sidewalks and Other Paved Areas

4.18.1 Reinforced Concrete Sidewalk

Construction methods for embankment, subbase and base course, and pavement as specified in
shall be used for reinforced concrete side walk, where applicable.

4.18.2 Stone Surfaced Tile Sidewalk

Materials and construction of embankment and bases shall be as specified. Embankment and bases
shall be compacted to not less than 95% dry maximum density per AASHTO Standards.

The tiles shall be gravel surfaced tile, sized 400 x 400 x 50 mm or other sizes as shown on the
Drawings. Joints between each piece of tile shall be sealed with sand cement mortar, ratio 1:1, and
shall be treated to match with the sidewalk surfaces. Joint lines shall be perpendicular to concrete
kerbs.

4.18.3 Paving Block Sidewalk

Materials and construction of embankment and bases shall be as specified. Embankment and bases
shall be compacted to not less than 95% dry maximum density per AASHTO Standards.

Paving block shall have the pattern as specified and shall be constructed as follows:

(1) Level sand bedding to the required slopes, allowing for settlement after compaction.
(2) Lay paving blocks to form an interlocking resistance between the blocks.
(3) After the paving blocks have been laid in place, sand shall be placed over the blocks
and swept to fill the gaps between the blocks. Plate vibrator shall be applied to compact
sand in the gaps.

4.18.4 Concrete Tile Pavement

The relevant provisions of the Specifications shall apply for concrete of tiles. The concrete shall be
grade C25.

Before ordering any tiles the Contractor shall have samples tested, as specified by the Engineer, by a
testing authority nominated by the Engineer.

No tile shall be laid within 8 weeks after its casting.

The tiles shall be laid on a base of fill of at least 200mm thick. The fill shall be brought to true profile
and level immediately before laying the tiles thereon. The tiles shall each be supported on their whole
area by the fill material and after the tiles are laid the difference in height between the top edges of
any 2 adjoining tiles shall not be more than 1mm. The tiles shall be laid tightly against each other in
stretcher bond or in a pattern as specified by the Engineer.

During the Period of Maintenance the Contractor shall inter alia replace any tiles showing any cracks
or any other damage or defects with tiles complying with the Specifications and lay again in
accordance with the Specifications any tiles displaced due to settlement or otherwise.

4.18.5 Hot-Asphaltic Sidewalk

Materials and construction of embankment and bases shall be as specified. Embankment and bases
shall be compacted to not less than 95% dry maximum density per AASHTO Standards.

Hot asphaltic surface shall meet the respective requirements of the Specifications.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 108

Application of hot asphaltic surface may be by manual means or by paver.

Where stone overlay is specified, stone shall be washed gravel, dry and of the colour specified. The
gravel shall be laid on the still hot asphalt at the rate of 3.5 kg/m2 and using a roller or a vibrator to
embed the gravel in the asphalt. The roller or vibrator used shall be clean and free from stains of
asphaltic material from the previous side walk construction.

4.18.6 Limit of Construction and Allowable Tolerances

Sidewalks and paving shall be constructed to the full width and length with the provision of spaces for
tree planting or grassing and indicated on the drawings and in the particular specifications.

After construction is completed, levels along the line parallel to the centre line of the side walk shall
not deviate more than 10mm every 3.00 m. The elevation shall be deviated from the specified
elevation not to exceed 10mm. The allowable tolerances stated above shall not apply to ramp or
bending sections.

4.18.7 Other Requirements

In the laying of the end rows of stone tiles or paving blocks it may be necessary to cut the tiles or the
blocks to fit the available spaces. The cutting shall be done by a hydraulic spitter.

Upon completion of sidewalk or paving construction, the gaps between the tiles/blocks and concrete
kerbs, manhole walls, building walls and at any locations shall not be more than 10mm wide.

Where concrete kerbs or gutters are constructed in the same contract, the construction of concrete
kerbs and gutters must be complete before the construction of side walk is started.

4.19 Fencing and Walls

4.19.1 Fences and Gates

Fencing shall be in 2m high galvanised barbed wire link fencing supported at 3m intervals by concrete
posts with four strands of barbed wire as shown on the Drawings. The fencing shall be erected with
adequate tension supports and straining posts. It shall all generally comply with BS1772 Part 1 :
1972.

Gates shall be of the best quality available employing mild steel hollow tubes for frame and infilling,
and before the order is placed the Contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer drawings
of the gates he proposes to supply. Gates shall be complete with locking drawer bar, stops and
padlock with three keys.

4.19.2 Existing Boundary Walls and Fences

Where repair of existing boundary walls and fences is shown on the Drawings or directed by the
Engineer, the repairs should be compatible with the existing sections of wall or fence deemed by the
Engineer to be in good condition. This refers to all types of wall and fence construction.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 109

PARAGRAPH 5 - BUILDING WORKS

5.1 Materials

5.1.1 Precast Concrete Blocks

Precast concrete blocks shall be manufactured to BS6073.

Blocks shall be either hollow or solid and the thickness of the blocks shall be as indicated in the
Drawings. The standard face dimensions shall be 390mm x 190mm. The blocks shall have a
minimum compressive strength of 3.5N/mm. Specially sized and specially shaped blocks shall be
used as closer, fittings, lintels and the like where specified.

All blocks shall have a dense, even surface and a density of not less than 1700kg/m.

The Contractor shall submit samples of blocks for every batch brought to the Site to the Engineer for
approval. The Contractor shall arrange strength tests required by the Engineer to be executed by a
testing authority approved by the Engineer.

5.1.2 Mortar

Mortar for both masonry and blockwork shall be cement mortar consisting of one part of ordinary
Portland cement complying to BS12 to four parts of sand by volume, mixed with just sufficient water to
make the mixture workable. No lime shall be added to the mortar.

Natural sand shall be used in cement mortar unless otherwise approved. The sand shall be obtained
from sources approved by the Engineer and shall comply with the requirements of BS1200. When
tested in accordance with BS812 the grading of the sand shall be within the limits given in Table 1 of
BS1200.

Plasticisers, air entraining agents or other additives may be used in the mortar subject to the approval
of the Engineer.

5.1.3 Damp-proof Courses in Walls

Damp-proof courses in walls shall be bituminous damp-proof course to BS743 weighing not less than
3.8 kg/m lapped 75mm at all joints and bedded in mortar whilst the mortar is still wet.

5.1.4 Timber

Timber shall be unused timber of the best quality obtainable, well seasoned, perfectly dry and free
from disease, splits, radial cracks, long loose or dead knots or other imperfections and shall be of a
clean surface. For carpentry work timber shall be Mahogany, Opepe, Black Afara, Agba, or other
approved and shall comply with the requirements of BS940.

For joinery work, timber shall be African Mahogany, Idigbo, Iroko, or other approved and shall comply
with the requirements of BS1186.

The timber shall have a maximum moisture content of 15% at the time of delivery to the Site.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer certified copies of the Grading and Inspection certificates
issued by the Accredited Government Timber Inspector of the country of origin to cover each
consignment of graded timber.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 110

5.1.5 Chipboard and Plywood

Chipboard shall be of certified termite-proof grade and approved manufacture and each sheet shall
bear a distinguishing mark or title to this effect. Plywood shall comply with BS 6566 and shall be grade
3 veneer both sides with type MR bonding.

5.1.6 Nails and Screws

All nails and screws shall comply with BS1202:1974 and BS1210:1963.

5.1.7 Timber Glue

Glue shall comply with BSEN301 and shall be classification WBP of the resorcinol-formaldehyde
(CRF) or phenol-formaldehyde (PF) type, and shall be used strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.

5.1.8 Flush Doors

Internal flush doors shall be solid cored and shall be covered on both sides with selected tropical
veneer quality plywood suitable for polishing and complying with BS459, Part 2. Doors shall be
hardwood lipped on all edges. Adhesives shall have properties equal to either Type B100 or C100 in
accordance with BS1204. External flush doors shall be solid cored and shall be covered on both sides
with selected tropical veneer external quality plywood suitable for polishing.

Flush Doors are to be obtained from a manufacturer, approved by the Engineer.

5.1.9 Metal Door Frames

Door frames are to be 18 gauge sheet steel dipped in one coat of best quality anti-corrosive paint,
fitted with two five-knuckle steel hinges, three adjustable fixing lugs, and three rubber buffers in rebate
of lock jamb.

5.1.10 Metal Windows and Doors

Steel windows of all types shall be rust-proofed, shall have received one coat of metal primer at the
manufacturer's works and shall be supplied with coupling transomes, coupling mullions, and all
necessary hinges, fasteners, locks, catches etc..

5.1.11 Louvred Windows

They shall consist of louvre blades fitted between a pair of parallel channel frames fabricated from
aluminium alloy, each fitted with the requisite number of tension clips and mounted on forged alloy
bearing in embossed housings on the frames. Bearing shall be rivetted to heavy gauge operating bars
complete with flush lever handle and lock. Weather-seal strips shall be provided at hand and cill.

Glass for louvre blades shall be cut exactly square to the dimensions specified by the louvre frame
manufacturer. The edges of the blades shall be cut perfectly straight and then be ground to produce a
smooth slightly rounded edge and the blade firmly secured in the clips of the louvre holder.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 111

5.1.12 Roller Shutter Doors

5.1.13 Ironmongery

Ironmongery shall be from an approved source. Samples shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval before ordering.

5.1.14 Suspended Ceilings

Suspended ceilings shall be from an approved source. The whole shall be fixed by a specialist
company, nominated by the Contractor and subject to the approval of the Engineer.

5.1.15 Aluminium Sheet Roofing

Corrugated aluminium sheet roofing shall be from an approved source. Longspan sheets shall be 22
swg in thickness, with Alucrome or plain stucco embossed finish in 800mm widths, 75mm pitch,
20mm deep.

5.1.16 Asbestos Cement Sheet Roofing

Asbestos cement corrugated sheets for roofing shall be to BS960, Part 3. The asbestos cement
fittings shall be to BS690, Part 6 to suit the specified sheets.

Formed asbestos eaves filler pieces to match the sheet profile shall be made of heavy duty 6mm thick
asbestos cement.

Hook bolts and drive screws shall comply with BS1494, Part 1. Hook bolts and nuts shall be 8mm
diameter of zinc coated steel with diamond curved washers for 10/3 corrugations and plastic washers
complying with BS4255, Part 1 Clause 8 and of Class 3 hardness. Drive screws shall be of 14 gauge
zinc coated steel with steel and plastic/bitumen washers as described above. Subject to the
foregoing, the types, sizes, materials and finishes of all fastenings shall be supplied and used as
recommended by the sheet manufacturer.

5.1.17 Metal Roof and Wall Sheeting

Trapezoidal type sheeting, including flashings, copings and the like, for roofing and wall cladding shall
be a hot dip galvanised steel substrate with zinc coating mass G 350 to BS 2989:1982. It shall be
coated on both sides with British Steel Corporation Colour coat RP 200 or approved similar bonded to
the sheeting, as a protection against corrosion and a type and quality approved by the Engineer.

With a span of 1.0m the sheeting shall be able to bear without plastic deformation, assuming a safety
coefficient of 1.8:

- a uniformly distributed load of 1.0kN/m.


- a concentrated load of 1.5 kN at midspan.

The deflection of the sheeting with a span of 1.0m and a concentrated load of 1.5kN at midspan shall
be less than 10mm. The sheeting and the fixings thereof shall be able to safely withstand uplift forces
from wind of 1.0kN/m with a span of 1.0m.

The sheeting shall not be scratched, stained, distorted or have any other defects. The sheeting shall
without any maintenance and under the local conditions not be adversely affected by corrosion.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 112

5.1.18 Clear Sheet Glass

All glass shall be free from waves, specks, bubbles, smokes, wanes or other imperfections.

Glass shall comply with BS952 and shall be transparent type of ordinary quality (OQ) sheet glass as
in Clause 4 of BS952 and of 4mm thickness but for louvred glazing of 5mm thickness. Glass made
by the float process and equivalent to this standard will be acceptable.

In all windows and doors in sanitary rooms and where specified elsewhere ground glass (opaque
quality) shall be used.

5.1.19 Fixed Metal Louvres

Metal louvres built in walls for cooling purposes shall be anodized aluminium or galvanised steel.
Overall dimensions shall be as indicated on the Drawings. The louvre blades shall be of such design
as to prevent rain from entering. Frame and louvre blades shall be fixed rigidly to each other and be of
the same material. Louvres shall be equipped with anchors or holes for fixing before any coating is
applied. Louvres shall be provided with sandtrap and mosquito mesh.

5.1.20 Sandtex Textured Finish

Sandtex textured finish shall be obtained from an approved source. The finish shall be applied to
cement/sand rendered surfaces strictly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

5.1.21 Insulation Board

Insulation board shall be Celotex insulation board, 12mm thick, with "V" joints, in 600mm x 600mm
tiles.

5.1.22 Precast Terrazzo Tiles

Precast terrazzo tiles shall be 300 x 300 x 25mm, manufactured from an approved source.

5.1.23 Ceramic Tiles

Ceramic tiles shall be of first quality, true to shape, and free from blemishes. Floor tiles shall be 200 x
200 x 9mm, skirtings shall be 200 x 100 x 9mm, and wall tiles shall be 150 x 150 x 6mm.

5.1.24 Plastic Pipes for Hot and Cold Water Services

Plastic pipes for hot and cold water services shall be ABS (acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene) pressure
pipe and fittings, complying with the relevant provisions of BS5391, Part 1, and BS5392, Part 1, with
solvent welded joints and fittings, installed and fixed in accordance with manufacturer's printed
instructions.

5.1.25 Stop Valves

Stop valves shall be to BS1010 and shall be of all gunmetal construction with union tails for
connection to ABS pipework.

5.1.26 Draw-off Taps

Draw-off taps shall be chromium plated or natural finished gunmetal high pressure screw down easy
clean pattern, threaded for union, with crutch handles as BS1010, fitted with hose union.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 113

5.1.27 Water Storage Tanks

Storage cisterns shall comply with BS417; Part 2 Grade A. Cisterns shall be supplied complete with
inlet connection and ball valve, overflow connection with pipe, outflow connections, and drain
connection with gate valve.

Water storage tanks shall be of glass reinforced plastic as manufactured by 'Durapipe',or other similar
approved, to sizes indicated on the Drawings, complete with mosquito proof and close fitted cover
secured to the tank. Ball float valves shall be suitable for use with the storage cisterns specified.

5.1.28 Soil, Waste and Vent Pipes

Soil, waste and vent pipes shall be of the highest grade to BS5255 or shall be cast iron pipe with B
spigot and socket joints to BS416. PVC pipe shall be jointed with solvent welded fittings. Jointing
shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.

Soil pipes shall not be less than 110mm nominal diameter. Vent pipes shall be not less than 50mm
nominal diameter while waste pipes shall not be less than 35mm diameter.

5.1.29 Sanitary Appliances

Sanitary appliances shall generally comply with BS6465.

WC suites shall comprise a black plastic ring seat, a white vitreous china pedestal WC pedestal pan
and UPVC flushpipe. Flushing shall be hand-operated from a 9 litre plastic cistern with plastic ball
valve to BS2456. The overflow pipe shall discharge into the pan.

Wash-hand basins shall be white vitreous china (635 x 475mm) to BS1188, with concealed fixing
brackets and bolts, fitted with 13mm hot and cold chrome plated pillar taps, complete with trap, waste
and overflow assembly to BS3380.

Taps shall comply with BS1010, Part 2 and shall be chromium plated, brass type of approved local
manufacture. Taps for wash-basins shall be pillar taps with spray outlet. Sinks shall be provided with
a "swan neck" swivel outlet. Where hot water services are provided, taps shall be a combination tap
assembly.

5.1.30 PVC Tiling and Skirting

Vinyl floor tiles shall be heavy duty flexible PVC based complying with BS 3261 -Part 1 : Type A in
approved colour. Tiles shall be size 250 x 250 x 3mm thick and skirting shall be 125 x 250 x 3mm
thick fixed in line and location using adhesives strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.

5.2 Blockwork Walls

5.2.1 Storage of Materials

Blocks shall be loaded and unloaded by hand and not tipped, and shall not be used until 4 weeks
after casting unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer.
All blocks shall be handled carefully from manufacture to laying and properly stacked in position
convenient for the work. They shall be kept free from standing water and protected from rain, mud
and contamination by other materials.
Sand shall be stored separately on clean hard dry standing and protected from contamination.
Cement shall be stored off the ground under cover and away from damp, and in such a manner as to
enable it to be used in rotation in order of delivery.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 114

5.2.2 Mortar Mixing

All materials shall be accurately gauged by gauge boxes and mechanically mixed to a uniform
consistency. Mortars shall be used within 1 hour of the addition of cement after which they shall be
discarded. Re-tempering of mortar will not be permitted. Gauge boxes and mixers shall be kept
clean.

5.2.3 Blockwork

All blockwork unless otherwise specified shall comply with the recommendations of BS8000, Part 3
(Code of Practice for Masonry). All surfaces on which blockwork is to be built shall be cleaned of any
foreign matter influencing the bond between the surface and blockwork. The use of chipped or
defaced blocks will not be permitted in any facework. All work shall be built uniform, true and level,
with all perpends vertical and in line, all cross joints shall be solid, filled with mortar in every course as
the work proceeds.
All blocks shall be clean before placing and shall be moistened with water for at least 3 hours before
using by a method which will ensure that each block is thoroughly and uniformly wetted.
No work shall rise more than one metre above the adjoining works and such risings are to be properly
raked back. No blockwork shall be carried up higher than 1.5m in one day. Joints in walling to be
plastered or rendered shall be raked out 10mm deep to form a key.
All cross (vertical) joints shall be filled by well buttering the ends of the block with mortar and then
sliding it against its neighbour.
Blockwork of single block thickness shall be laid in stretcher bond, and blockwork of double block
thickness in alternate courses of headers and stretchers. No broken blocks will be accepted except
where necessary for bonding.
Alternate courses of load bearing block walling at intersection shall be carried through the full
thickness the adjoining wall.
Course heights shall not vary throughout the building and each course shall be level and set out so
that bed joints occur in line with sills, lintels and other features.
Hollow blocks shall be filled with grade C25 concrete where indicated on the Drawings.

5.2.4 Protection and Curing

When constructing masonry or blockwork in unfavourable weather and in protecting the finished work,
the Contractor shall observe the same instructions as are specified for concrete work.
All blockwork, including pointing, shall be cured by keeping the wall wet or moist with a method
approved by the Engineer.

5.2.5 Non Load-bearing Walls

All walls which are not load-bearing shall not be brought up to final finished level until the construction
of any reinforced concrete roof slabs has been completed and the roof finishes have been installed.

5.2.6 Ties to Concrete Structures

Ties at junctions with reinforced concrete work shall be of the 'butterfly' type to BS 1243 and shall be
cast into the concrete at such centres to be in line with the centre of the depth and width of mortar
joints.

5.2.7 Movement Joints

Movement joints shall comply with the requirements for movement joints in concrete work as
described in these specifications.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 115

5.3 Carpentry and Joinery

5.3.1 General

Timber shall be stacked in such manner as to prevent warping and to have all elements readily
available for inspection. All timber shall be subject to inspection on Site piece by piece by the
Engineer who shall reject such timber which is not to the specified quality. Any portion of timber that
warps or develops shakes or other defects shall be replaced.

Timber shall in principle be sawn to scantlings of the required dimensions at least one month before
use.

5.3.2 Timber Preservation

All joinery and structural timber shall receive preservative treatment to BS 4072 to the tropical
proofing scheme. The preservative shall be a water-borne copper/chrome/arsenic composition
applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and BS 5268 : Part 5.

Before treatment the timber shall be of the correct moisture content specified and free from surfaces
moisture and dirt. Treatment shall be carried out after all cutting and shaping is completed and care
shall be taken to avoid damage to surfaces of treated timber in subsequent handling. Where timber is
supplied treated with preservative and nevertheless subsequently cut, shaped, drilled or damaged,
the surfaces exposed by such cutting, shaping or drilling shall be liberally coated with the same type
of preservative well brushed in. After treatment timber shall be carefully open-stacked in a well
ventilated covered place to ensure complete evaporation of surplus solvent of the preservative before
incorporation in the work.

Records of the preservative treatment and a certificate of compliance with the above BS shall be kept
by the Contractor.

5.3.3 Nails and Screws

In all surfaces to be painted nail heads shall be punched and screws screwed below the surface and
filled with leadless filler.

5.3.4 Finished Sizes

Sawn timber shall be the full size required. The sizes given in the Bills for wrought carpentry are the
nominal sizes; 3mm will be permitted off the nominal dimensions for each wrought face.

5.3.5 Workmanship

All joinery shall comply with BS5268; "Structural Use of Timber".

Carpenter's and joiner's work shall be framed and put together in a workmanlike manner with a
sufficient number of nails of adequate size to maintain the work. All necessary notching, halving,
nogging, etc. shall be carefully executed and bearing surfaces shall be in proper contact.

All forms of joints shall be such to transmit safely the loads and stresses to which the timber will be
subjected and shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Beams, purlins and structural timbers are to be in lengths as long as possible. Where joints are
unavoidable in beams or purlins they shall be properly scarfed and bolted and where practicable be
placed at points of support. Scarfs, unless otherwise directed, are to be of a length equal to twice the
depth of the element, provided that the adjacent timbers are continuous. Wall plates shall be halved

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 116

at angles and joints in length if otherwise unobtainable in one piece.

Joiner's work shall be framed up as soon as possible and kept carefully stacked clear of the ground
and protected until required. It shall not be glued and wedged or dowelled until immediately before
being required for use. Door frames, etc. shall have full mortice and tenon joints with hardwood
dowels or wedges, glued and cleaned up.

The quality of workmanship shall comply with BS1186, Part 2 and shall be generally in accordance
with that of the samples of joinery to be indicated by the Engineer on the Site.

5.3.6 Check before Priming

The priming specified shall not be carried out until the prepared timber has been Inspected and
approved by the Engineer, but shall be done before the final assembly and fixing.

5.3.7 Defects

If in 12 months from completion any shrinkage, warping or winding should occur or any other defect
appear in any of the joinery which is attributable to defective materials or workmanship, such
defective work is to be taken down and replaced to the Engineer's approval. Should any other work
be affected by the removal and replacement thereof it shall also be made good at the Contractor's
expense.

5.4 Doors and Windows

5.4.1 General

All doors and windows both interior and exterior shall be completely weatherproof and waterproof in a
tropical climate. The Contractor shall assemble one finished prototype of each component, fitted with
ironmongery for approval of the Engineer before any repetitive production, or fixing of prefabricated
frames commences.

Unless specified otherwise all window and door openings in blockwork walls shall be spanned by
suitable reinforced concrete lintels.

5.4.2 Fixed Windows

Unless otherwise specified fixed windows shall consist of single sheet glazing in timber, metal or
plastic frames of approved quality.

5.4.3 Glazing

All glass shall be cut accurately to fit the rebates and all glazer's work shall be carried out in the best
approved manner and in accordance with BS6262 "Code of Practice for Glazing for Buildings".

Putty for glazing to rebates shall be completely waterproof and obtained from a manufacturer
approved by the Engineer.

Glass shall be well bedded and back puttied, sprigged in where necessary, and carefully and evenly
pointed, trimmed, and cleaned off. The putty shall not extend beyond the sight line of the pane.

5.4.4 Fixing of Doors and Windows

Where joinery is to be plugged the plugs shall be hardwood cut, on the twist, dovetailed hardwood
fixing blocks cast in-situ or "Rawlplugs" as may be directed.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 117

Door and window frames shall be secured with expansion fastener bolts (Hilti or equivalent) or
cranked galvanised iron cramps 25 x 3 x 178mm girth with one end turned up, drilled countersunk for
screwing to back of frame, the other end fishtailed for building in as detailed. Door and window
frames shall be secured with at least 3 cramps per side or as detailed, spaced generally at 600mm
centres for bedding into joints solidly in mortar.

All window and door frames shall be accurately fixed in their openings. The joints between frames and
walls shall be made wind and watertight with approved materials.

5.4.5 Ironmongery

All moving parts of joinery components are to be fixed with equal tolerance spaces all round. Hinges,
etc., are to be fitted in perfect alignment, locks and fastenings are to engage properly in their striking
plates or sockets without clatter. Screws for fixing ironmongery shall be of the same metal as the
hardware. On completion all joinery shall be adjusted and ironmongery oiled and the whole shall be
in perfect working order. Removable ironmongery, except hinges, shall be removed for painting and
refixed prior to the final coat of paint or on completion as ordered by the Engineer.

Locks are to be fixed where shown in the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. All external door
locks shall have three keys, and all internal locks two keys. All keys must differ unless the Engineer
instructs to the contrary, in writing. All locks and moving parts are to be oiled and left in perfect
working order and all keys shall be properly marked and labelled and delivered up to the Engineer as
required.

All timber doors shall be fitted with an approved pattern combined mortice lock and latch complete
with aluminium lever handles. In addition double doors shall have barrel bolts fitted top and bottom to
one leaf.

5.4.6 Lamination

Toilet doors in contact with water splashing on internal faces, shall be laminated with PVC 1.5mm
thick Formica sheet or equivalent, press applied with glue strictly in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.

5.5 Roofing and Wall Cladding

5.5.1 Metal Roof and Wall Sheeting

All ancillary items necessary for fixing the sheeting, protecting it against corrosion, making the joints
leakproof and the like shall be adequate for their purpose, shall not cause corrosion of the sheeting
and shall be of a type and quality approved by the Engineer. Roof and wall cladding shall be supplied
with a supplier's test certificate confirming that the sheeting complies with all relevant standards and
the Specifications.

Storage and handling of the sheeting and ancillary items shall be carried out in compliance with the
instructions of the manufacturer and in such a way that the sheeting and ancillary items will not be in
any way damaged or adversely affected. All sheeting and ancillary items shall on delivery at the Site
be immediately inspected by the Contractor for embedded cinders, scratches, surface abrasions,
stains, indentations, distortions or any other defects and the Contractor shall ensure that sheeting
which arrives in a wet condition shall be thoroughly dried before storing. All sheeting shall be kept
absolutely dry during storage and free from contact with other materials except polythene sheeting. All
necessary measures shall be taken to prevent mechanical damage of the sheeting and moisture
between the sheets to avoid staining.

The Contractor shall, when laying the sheets, use the oldest stock first.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 118

The Contractor shall place and fix the sheeting and take all measures necessary to prevent corrosion
and to obtain an adequately fixed leakproof roofing and cladding as specified by the supplier and
approved by the Engineer.

The laps shall be such as the Contractor considers necessary to guarantee a leakproof roofing and
cladding, provided that the end laps shall be at least 200mm for the roofing and 150mm for the
vertical cladding and that the side laps shall be at least one corrugation. The ribs of the roofing shall
form straight lines from ridge to eave perpendicular to the ridge and the ribs of the cladding shall form
straight perpendicular lines.

All holes in the sheeting shall be drilled and such drilling shall be carried out from the top or outside,
taking all measures necessary to avoid any burrs or discing of the sheet.

Notwithstanding any adverse local conditions, the Contractor shall be solely and entirely responsible
for the roofs and cladding being leakproof, and he shall submit to the Engineer at the end of the
Period of Maintenance a written guarantee made out in the name of the Employer in which the
Contractor undertakes to repair and make good at his own expense any leakage of the roofing and
cladding. Such guarantee shall be given for a period of 10 years commencing at the end of the Period
of Maintenance.

5.5.2 Asbestos Roof Sheeting

Fixing holes shall be drilled in the crown of corrugations of roofing sheets and in the trough of
corrugations of wall cladding sheet. Holes for bolts or screws shall be drilled 2mm oversize in
diameter, and not less than 4mm from edges of sheets and fittings.

Roof and wall cladding end laps between sheets shall be 200mm. Roof and wall cladding side laps
between sheets shall be one and a half corrugation away from the prevailing wind. Sheets shall be
fixed at the eaves and end laps with at least 3 fastenings per sheet width. At intermediate purlins
sheets shall be fixed at supports with at least 2 fastenings per sheet width. Side laps shall be seam
bolted at 300mm centres. At end laps the distance between the end of the overlapping sheet and the
fastening shall not be less than half the lap.

Packing pieces shall be located at every crown fixing point. Fixing shall commence at the eaves.

5.5.3 Bituminous Roofing of Slabs

Unless otherwise specified bitumen felt roofing shall be applied to flat concrete roofs. The bitumen felt
roofings shall consist of two layers comprising one layer fine granule surfaced bitumen glass fibre felt
and one layer of fine granule surfaced bitumen felt.
The first layer is a bitumen coated glass base felt type 3B complying with CP 144:Part 3. This layer
shall be continuously bonded to the primed cement and sand screed in hot bitumen. The nominal
mass shall be 1.8kg/m exclusive of wrapping or accessories.
Then a layer of bitumen coating shall be applied before the second layer of bitumen felt is placed.
The second top layer shall be bitumen saturated and coated fibre base felt type 1B which shall be
surfaced with a bitumen dressing compound and mineral aggregate as described in CP 144:Part 3.
The nominal mass shall be 1.4kg/m exclusive of wrapping or accessories.
All laps shall be placed breaking joint and minimum 50mm wide. All necessary upstands, flashings,
skirtings, etc. shall be provided.
All exposed felt at upstands and gutters shall be painted with reflective aluminium paint.
Down spout channel shall be of precast reinforced concrete made in size and dimension shown in the
drawing, placed in position and fixed into parapet opening sloping outwards using waterproof mortar
and sealed with mastic, lined with waterproof bituminous flashing.
The whole waterproofing shall be guaranteed up to 5 years against any leakage.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 119

5.5.4 Aluminium Sheet Roofing

Sheets shall be laid with double corrugation side laps, strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.

5.6 Plumbing Installations

5.6.1 General

All materials and workmanship shall be of best quality and comply with the relevant British Standards
among others BS6465; Part 1 for sanitary appliances and BS 6700 for Water Supply, where
applicable.

The Contractor shall submit full details together with drawings of his proposals for approval of the
Engineer before commencing the work and shall carry out all tests and inspections of the finished
work as may be considered necessary by the Engineer and specified below.

Unless specified otherwise all piping on walls and ceilings shall be exposed.

5.6.2 Coupling Unions

Coupling unions shall be installed at reasonable intervals on vertical and horizontal pipe runs to
facilitate erection and dismantling of the pipework without interference to the structure. Similar union
connections shall be provided for connecting the pipework to all valves, cisterns, electric heaters, etc.

5.6.3 Valves

Stop valves shall be located in connections to every single structure or building or where indicated on
the Drawings.

Chambers shall be of concrete grade C25. Minimum inside dimensions for stop valve chambers shall
be 300 x 230mm x 600mm deep. The chambers shall be provided with hinged cast iron covers and
frames of local manufacture to the approval of the Engineer.

Cast iron covers and frames shall be manufactured in accordance with the requirements of BS497,
and shall generally fall into the following categories:

- Heavy duty - For trafficked areas;


- Medium duty - For footpaths;
- Light duty - For domestic purposes or other places where they do not have to
carry wheeled traffic.

Covers and frames shall be fixed in the positions shown, the frames will be solidly bedded in cement
mortar so that the covers when in position are flush and even with the adjacent surfaces. Where
shown or directed frames shall be bedded on one or two courses of blockwork in cement mortar. All
frames shall be greased before the cover is placed in position.

5.6.4 Overflow Pipes

Overflows to water storage tanks and WC cisterns shall be in PVC tubing as specified for service
pipes. Overflow pipes shall be visible externally, and shall incorporate a vertical drop of 300mm as a
sand barrier. They shall project 60mm beyond and discharge clear of the wall face. All external
overflow pipes shall be painted and fitted with a mosquito proof filter.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 120

5.6.5 Soil, Waste and Vent Pipes

All waste and soil pipes shall be vented at roof-level and provided with gully traps at ground level.

Waste pipes shall be fixed at least 25mm clear of finished wall surfaces with PVC brackets. Fixing
intervals shall be 0.5m horizontally and 1.2m vertically, except that 50mm pipes shall be fixed at 0.6m
intervals horizontally.

Where soil waste and vent pipes pass through roofs they shall have a uPVC roof terminal and be
positioned to enable the roof finish to be suitably weatherproofed. The vent shall terminate with a
balloon guard to the approval of the Engineer.

5.6.6 Sanitary Appliances

All connections of sanitary fittings shall be made by a trap with a water seal (siphon) of not less than
50mm depth and all traps shall be of the removable bend type.

Connections to water-closets and floor mounted soil fittings shall be made by using the correct sized
socket for the outlet of the fitting.

5.6.7 Pipework and Fittings

Bends shall be used where practicable in preference to elbows. Square elbows will not be accepted
for soil, waste and vent pipes.

Pipework shall be fixed to walls using approved pattern plastic brackets for screwing into walls or
concrete. The brackets shall be such that the pipe is held 15mm clear of the finished wall surface.
Brackets shall be fixed at regular intervals appropriate to the pipe diameter in order to ensure that the
pipe is securely fixed to the wall.

Pipelines shall be straight except at changes of direction which shall be made using standing fittings.
Piping shall be as straight and direct as possible forming right angles with or parallel to wall and other
piping. Eccentric reducing sockets shall be used (to facilitate air venting and draining) where changes
of diameter are made in runs of normally horizontal pipework. Pipework shall be installed to permit
even fluid flow, draining and dismantling of the system. The expansion and contraction of pipelines
shall be taken up in the geometry of the layout.

Pipes passing through walls, partitions and ceilings shall be provided with pipe sleeves. Sleeve sizes
shall allow for the free movement of the pipes. Sleeves passing through finished surfaces or exposed
to view shall be flush with the surface of the partition through which they pass and they shall be
provided with suitable end covers of approved pattern and finish.

All services shall be laid to drain with a minimum cover of 600mm unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings.

All piping and fixtures shall be adequately protected during construction. All cut pipes shall have ends
reamed and be free from burrs.

Pipes carrying cold water for drinking purposes shall be located so as not to be liable to solar or other
heat gain or alternatively shall be effectively insulated from such gain.

All necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent waterhammer and should it occur it shall be
rectified.

All piping shall be so installed that there is a clearance of at least 25mm between the finished
covering and adjoining work. All pipes at or in the ceilings shall be hung from the construction above
and as close as possible to bottom of slab, beam etc. All risers shall be plumb and true, neatly spaced

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 121

and parallel to walls and other pipes. All pipes shall be so arranged as to be accessible for repairs
and replacement without disturbing adjacent work. Central valves shall be located to give complete
regulating control of all systems, plumbing fixtures and other equipment. All valves shall be easily
accessible and no valves shall be installed with handles pointing down. All pipes shall be quite free of
each other and easily accessible for their full length where in ducts. In no instance whatsoever, are
any pipes to be fixed behind other pipes and all shall be easily accessible from access openings.
Access panel openings shall be suitably located at all stop taps on service lines and at inspection
openings on bends and junctions in suitable locations to allow rodding of all waste and soil lines.
Particular attention shall be given to the location of inspection openings to soil pipes to closet pans to
ensure adequate accessibility.

The Contractor, before installing any of his work, shall see that it does not interfere with clearances
required for finish columns, pilasters, partitions and walls, as shown on the Drawings and details. If
any work is so installed and if later develops that such details of design cannot be followed, the
Contractor at his own expense shall make such changes in his work as are directed by the Engineer
and as will permit the installation of the architectural work shown on the plans and details.

Runs and locations of piping are shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
correct setting out of the PVC piping sleeves for pipes through walls and floors and locations of PVC
pipe brackets and the like, and shall prepare the required Working Drawings which shall be submitted
to the Engineer for approval prior to starting any construction work.

5.6.8 Rainwater Pipes and Gutters

All rainwater pipes and gutters shall be asbestos cement pipe or uPVC pipes to BS 4576. Jointed and
fixed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. All rainwater pipe shall be
perpendicular and fixed to the wall with approved brackets.

5.6.9 Testing of Waste and Soil Pipes

Immediately after the pipes are laid and jointed but before haunching with concrete (where required)
and the filling is done, they shall be tested by the Contractor. All lengths of waste and soil pipes shall
be tested for water tightness by water pressure as described below. If for any reason an adequate
supply of water for this purpose is not available a suitable air pressure test may be used.

a. Initial testing: - After the completion of laying and jointing of the plumbing system it shall
be tested to locate leakage connections or faulty installation with any one of the
following procedures:

- Water test: - For this test all the openings in pipes shall be adequately plugged
and the pipelines shall be filled with water. By operating a force pump with
pressure gauge, a test pressure of 0.05N/mm shall be applied. After the pump
has been stopped the pipelines shall be inspected for any visible leak. This test
shall be performed in convenient segments.

- Air test: - For air test the openings shall be closed and an air pressure of
0.05N/mm shall be injected in the system for at least 15 minutes after which the
pipeline shall be inspected for any leak.

b. Final testing: - The same procedure as given under "Initial Testing" shall be followed
after the plumbing system is complete in all respects.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 122

5.6.10 Testing of Water Supply Pipes

Water systems shall be tested by the Contractor in the following manner:

- Individual testing: - In initial testing, pipes shall be tested individually over a test bed
consisting of saddles, thrust plate and force pump with a pressure gauge. The thrust
plate shall be strong enough to resist a pressure equivalent to double the test pressure
i.e. 0.7N/mm.

The pipe shall be placed over the test bed with one end inserted into the thrust plate
groove and other plugged watertight and to pump forcing water with pressure.

The pump shall be operated to build up the required pressure of 0.35N/mm in the pipe.
After the test pressure is attained the pump shall be stopped and the pipe shall be
observed for 15 minutes for any drop in pressure and any visible leaks. Any pipe
showing leaks or pressure drop beyond 0.035N/mm shall be rejected and removed
from the Site.

- Progressive testing: - Tests shall be made after roughing in and before walls ceiling
and floors are finished. Water under pressure shall be used. All the openings in the
installation shall be closed and a pressure of 0.35N/mm shall be developed in the
system with the help of a bond force pump. After the required pressure has been
obtained and the pump has been stopped, pipes shall be inspected by eye or ear for
any leak or any pressure drops on the gauge.

The test shall be performed in convenient segments during the course of the work and
provision of sufficient plugging tees and valves in the pipe line shall be made available
for the purpose at the cost of the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit a time
schedule for such tests.

- Final test: - The test shall be made with the same pressure of 0.35N/mm after the
fixtures have been installed and the system is completed.

All pipelines shall pass the above described tests to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

5.7 Rendering and Other Finishes

5.7.1 Plastering and Rendering

Before plastering or rendering is carried our all joints shall be raked out to depth of 10mm, the surface
of the wall cleaned and all foreign matter removed.

External rendering shall be applied in two coats of cement/sand mortar of mix Type II, Table 1
BS5262 with a wood float finish to a minimum overall thickness of 20mm.

Plastering to internal walls and ceiling surfaces shall be applied in two coats to a minimum overall
thickness of 20mm as follows:

Undercoat : cement/sand - Type II, Table 2 BS5492


Finish : anhydrous gypsum plaster to BS1191 : Part 2, Class C with smooth finish.

Undercoats shall be thoroughly applied, straightened and scratched and brought to a true surface.
Finished surfaces shall be left true, even and free from blemishes and all corners shall be finished
true, vertical and even and carried out at the same time as adjacent wall surfaces.

Retempering or reconstitution of mixes will not be permitted after the initial set has taken place.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 123

5.7.2 Granolithic Floor Screed

Granolithic screed shall be to BS8204, Part 2, grade AR1 and shall comprise a 1:1:2 mix.

The screed shall be laid evenly, true to the thicknesses and profiles shown on Drawings, while the
concrete substrate is still green. The screed shall be worked and trowelled to a hard, uniform surface
while still green.

Surface hardening shall be effected by the application of a solution, composed volumetrically of one
(1) part sodium silicate to four (4) parts clean water, seven to fourteen days after laying. The solution
shall be sprayed through a rose and evenly spread with a mop. A second application composed
volumetrically of one (1) part sodium silicate to three (3) parts clean water shall be made in the same
manner twenty four hours after the first application. The final application composed volumetrically of
one (1) part sodium silicate to two (2) parts clean water shall be made in the same manner twenty
four hours after the second application. After the final application any unabsorbed silicate left on the
surface shall be washed of with clean water.

5.7.3 In-situ Terrazzo Paving and Skirtings

In-situ terrazzo paving shall be composed of two and a half (2) parts 6mm marble chippings of
approved colour, and one (1) part white or coloured cement. The whole shall be rolled and trowelled
to a dense even surface and shall be rubbed down at completion to a polished surface free from
holes, blemishes and stains.

The paving shall be laid in 1m bays, separated by 6 x 31mm ebonite strips.

5.7.4 Glazed Ceramic Wall Tiles

Glazed tiles shall be soaked in clean water and brushed on the underside with a cement slurry,
twenty four hours before fixing. They shall be laid on a bed of cement mortar (1:3) and pointed
afterwards with accurate and straight joints.

5.7.5 Ceramic Floor and Skirting Tiles

Tiles shall be soaked in clean water and brushed on the underside with a cement slurry, prior to
laying. They shall be laid on a bed of cement mortar (1:3), using coloured cement and pointed
afterwards with accurate and straight joints.

5.7.6 Roofing Tiles

Roof tiles and skirtings shall be Portland cement tiles for exterior roof surfaces.

Cement tiles shall be made with standard quarry aggregates of an abrasive hardness to the approval
of the Engineer. The tiles and skirtings shall be 300 x 300 x 20mm thick unless otherwise stated, and
shall have smooth and even surfaces, square edge and sharp arises. All tiles shall be black colour
with quality to a sample approved by the Engineer.

Where roof tiles are laid on concrete fill the surface shall be swept and cleaned of all waste materials
and shall be thoroughly wetted. A layer of slurry of neat cement and water shall be applied to the
area to be paved prior to the laying of the bed. This slurry shall be brushed into the surface
immediately before laying the cement bed.

The tiles shall be thoroughly soaked in clean water before laying.

Tiles shall be laid with continuous joints and bedded in a cement and sand (1:6) screed or backing not
less than 30mm thick and pointed or grouted with cement slurry to match the tiles. Tiles shall be

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 124

accurately cut and fitted to all thresholds, openings, projections, etc.. The finish shall be perfectly
true, level and cleaned off on completion of the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

5.7.7 Protection of Tiling

After tiles have been laid, they shall be covered immediately to give complete protection from dirt and
damage during all subsequent stages of the work. The Contractor will be required at his own expense
to remove any tiles which have been stained or damaged before completion of the work and shall
replace them with new ones.

5.8 Painting and other Coatings

5.8.1 General

Unless otherwise specified, the workmanship and quality of materials for painting shall comply with
BS6150; "Code of Practice for Painting of Buildings" and BS5493; "Code of Practice for Protection of
Iron and Steel Structures Against Corrosion".

5.8.2 Paints

The Contractor shall submit certificates from an approved manufacturer giving the guarantee that the
paint offered conforms with the relevant standards (e.g. BS5493), the Specifications, is suitable for the
local climate and compatible with the surface of application. The manufacturer and types of paint shall
not be changed unless prior written approval is obtained from the Engineer. The Contractor shall use
the advisory services of the paint manufacturer. Should any such advice conflict with these
Specifications, the Contractor shall obtain written instructions from the Engineer before proceeding
with the work. The paint manufacturer shall be allowed to inspect and check the preparation and
painting during all stages of the Contract and to report to the Engineer.

All coats of paint for a coating system shall be compatible with each other and shall be of the same
manufacturer unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

Each consignment of paint shall be delivered in containers sealed by the manufacturer, accompanied
by a certificate guaranteeing that the paint conforms to relevant Standards and Specifications. The
date and results of tests and analyses performed during manufacturing shall be attached. The
capacity of the containers shall not exceed 0.03m. The name of the manufacturer, type of paint,
batch number, special storage conditions, etc. shall be clearly shown on each container. Containers
shall remain unopened, apart from necessary sampling, until required for use and used in order of
delivery.

Paint shall retain its properties during storage at Site and any paint which fails in this respect shall not
be allowed to be used in the Works. Paint not used within the period specified on the containers or
within 12 months of the date of manufacture, whichever is the less, shall be replaced. Livered,
gelatinized, or otherwise deteriorated paints shall not be used.

5.8.3 Testing of Paint

Before ordering any materials for painting the Contractor shall have samples thereof tested, as
specified by the Engineer, by a testing authority, proposed by the Contractor and approved by the
Engineer, to establish that the painting system is capable of withstanding any handling or site
conditions that are likely to occur. Test pieces shall be painted by the Contractor, separately for each
type of paint.

If the Engineer so requires samples from the containers shall be taken and tested at any time after the
delivery at the Site.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 125

5.8.4 Preparation and Maintenance of Surfaces

Preparation of the initial surface of the material to be coated shall be as described in the relevant
material related clauses.

Immediately before any coat is applied the whole of the surface to be painted shall be thoroughly
cleaned of all dust, loose paint or grease by washing down with fresh clean water and as necessary
brushing with a bristle brush. The Contractor shall examine all surfaces before applying any coats. No
paint shall be applied to wet, acid, alkaline, damp, rough or greasy surfaces. No coating shall be
applied to any surface before the Engineer has inspected the cleaned and prepared surface.

5.8.5 Painting Workmanship and Conditions

All works shall be carried out by skilled labour experienced in the use of materials specified.

All paints shall be thoroughly mixed until homogenous and, if necessary, be strained free from skins,
lumps or sediment. Thinners and driers may only be added to enable the paint to comply with the
specified application or drying requirements. Thinners and driers shall be compatible with the paint
and shall not be used without approval of the Engineer and paint manufacturer.

To prevent loss of adhesion and solvent entrapment the paint manufacturer's instructions shall be
followed particularly in respect of minimum and maximum periods between coats and temperature
range for application. The methods of application of paint shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer and be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where spoiling of adjacent
surfaces is likely to occur, and in case of paints containing lead, no spraying shall be permitted.

If brush or roller painted surfaces are not smooth, they shall be rubbed down and dusted off to obtain
a smooth and matt surface to which the next coat will firmly adhere. Paint film shall not have
excessive or uneven thickness and the finished surface shall be free of defects. The final coat shall be
smooth and free from defects, including those showing through from preceding coats.

Rags, brushes and tools used in the preparation and painting of surfaces shall be cleaned with white
spirit or a thinner as approved by the Engineer.

At the end of every working period paints with a limited "pot life" shall be discarded and not be mixed
with fresh paint.

Fitting such as ironmongery, switches, electrical fittings, etc. not required to be painted shall be
removed before the painting process is commenced and refitted after completion of painting.

After each coat is applied the Contractor shall, in presence of the Engineer, test the paintwork. The
maximum dry film thickness shall not exceed the minimum figure specified for the particular class of
protection by more than 20%. The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of all equipment
for testing the protective coatings and shall remedy all defects to the Engineer's satisfaction.

The Contractor shall take measures to prevent that any paint coat in any way at any stage is
damaged. If not withstanding such measures a paint coat is damaged, the Contractor shall
immediately repair such damages to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Painting work shall not be
exposed to direct sunlight. Prepared, primed or undercoated work shall not be left exposed for an
undue period before completion of the painting process.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 126

5.8.6 Protection and Painting of Softwood

The painting of softwood is divided in two categories:

- visible softwood joinery and carpentry - System "E"


- concealed softwood joinery - System "F"

All softwood shall receive preservative treatment with water-borne preservative in accordance with
BS4072 to the tropical proofing scheme.

Softwood surfaces which will be visible and painted shall be cleaned, scoured and dusted down to a
smooth surface. Holes, cracks and blemishes in exposed surfaces shall be stopped with putty, and
knots shall be treated with an approved knotting. Priming shall be done with a solvent based
woodprimer complying with BS5358. After priming the surface shall again be scoured and dusted
down. Then the surface shall be painted with one undercoat and two gloss finishing coats of
compatible oil based paints. The first finishing coat shall be rubbed down on interior surfaces before
the top coat is applied.
Softwood used for concealed or non painted joinery shall be primed with one coat immediately after
fabrication and preservation. The primer shall be lead-based complying with BS 2523. Holes, cracks
and blemishes in exposed surfaces shall be stopped with putty, and knots shall be treated with
approved knotting. Contact surfaces with brick masonry or concrete shall be given a second coat of
primer.

5.8.7 Protection of Hardwood


The protection of hardwood shall be according to coating system "G".
All hardwood joinery shall receive preservative treatment with water borne preservative in accordance
with BS4072 to the tropical proofing scheme. Hardwood surfaces shall not be painted, but shall be
treated with water-repellent penetrating varnish of exterior grade and gloss finish.

5.8.8 Protection of Wood in Water


Unless approved otherwise, timber for use in water or soil shall be treated according to coating
system "H".
The timber shall be treated in a mixture of one part creosote to one part crude fuel oil to give a final
absorbtion of 0.054 m/m of timber. The timber shall be completely immersed in a bath of cold
mixture which shall then be heated to a temperature of approximately 117C, and kept at this
temperature for 40 minutes after which it shall be removed and stacked for drying.

5.8.9 Protection and Painting of Concrete, Plasters and Blockwork


Concrete, plaster, blockwork and other cementitious surfaces shall be painted according to coating
system "J".
The surfaces of concrete, rendering, plaster and blockwork which are to be painted shall be allowed
to dry out after completion and shall then be treated with a fungicidal wash. Subject to the approval of
the engineer the fungicidal wash may be omitted if the first or priming coat of paint to be applied
incorporates suitable fungicide. The surfaces shall subsequently be painted with 2 coats of acrylic
emulsion.

5.8.10 Colours
Colours shall be as directed by the Engineer, generally with reference to BS4800. Sample areas shall
be prepared as required by the Engineer to ascertain colour, finish and workmanship and such areas
shall be removed as directed.
Where two or more coats of paint with the same colour are specified, the undercoats shall be tinted to
differentiate between the coats. The final coat shall not be tinted.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 127

5.8.11 Rehabilitation of Existing Painting


Where re-painting of existing surfaces is shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer, the
surfaces should be prepared as stated in Clause "Preparation and maintenance of surfaces".
If there is any sign of deterioration of underlying materials, existing coatings shall be completely
removed by a method so as not to do any further damage to the underlying material and
as approved by the Engineer. Subsequent surface preparation and painting shall follow
the requirements as for painting of new work as described in the clauses above.

5.8.12 Summary of Coating Systems


In the following table all coating systems as described in Clause "Painting and other Coatings" have
been summarized.

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION CIVIL WORKS
IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS
Page - 128

System Application Description

A for steel in contact with water, soil or - Blast cleaning to SA 2.5


exposed to humid conditions - One coat of two-pack zinc rich epoxy primer with a minimum dry film thickness of 25 micron
- Two coats of two pack high build coal tar epoxy paint, each coat with a minimum dry film thickness of 200 micron to be applied within 48 hours after priming

B for other steel structures - Blast cleaning to SA 2.5


- One coat of two-pack zinc rich epoxy primer with a minimum dry film thickness of 25 micron
- One or two coats of two pack high build epoxy coating pigmented with micaceous iron oxide, with a total minimum dry film thickness of 150 micron
- Two coats of two pack epoxy enamel of a colour to be specified with a minimum dry film thickness of 50 micron per coat.

C for steel in special conditions and cast in - Removal of slag, scale and other impurities
concrete - Pickling in hydrochloric acid, neutralising, washing and drying
- Hot dip galvanizing in accordance with BS 729

D for galvanised steel - For freshly galvanised surfaces, passivation and or weathering
- Cleaning and degreasing
- One coat of two pack etch primer
- Two coats of two pack epoxy enamel of a colour to be specified with a minimum dry film thickness of 50 micron per coat.

E for softwood carpentry - visible - Preservative treatment conform BS 4072 to the tropical proofing schedule
- Cleaning, scouring and dusting down
- One coat of solvent based woodprimer conforming to BS 5358
- Scouring and dusting down
- One oil based undercoat
- Two oil based gloss finishing coats of a colour to be specified

F for softwood joinery - not visible - Preservative treatment conform BS 4072 to the tropical proofing schedule
- One coat of lead or red lead/red oxide based woodprimer, Two coats on contact surfaces to blockwork or concrete

G for hardwood - visible - Preservative treatment conform BS 4072 to the tropical proofing schedule
- Water repellent penetrating varnish exterior grade - full gloss

H for wood in water or soil - Immersion in hot (117C) mixture of 1:1 creosote-fuel oil for 40 minutes

J for cementitious surfaces as concrete, - One coat of primer or undercoat for cement surfaces with incorporated fungicide
blockwork and rendering - Two coats of acrylic emulsion of a colour to be specified

DELHI WATER SUPPLY AND SEWERAGE PROJECT (DWSSP) GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WATER DISTRIBUTION AND WASTEWATER COLLECTION IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR CAPITAL WORS CIVIL WORKS

You might also like